/* RTL simplification functions for GNU compiler.
|
/* RTL simplification functions for GNU compiler.
|
Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
|
Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
|
1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
|
1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
|
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
|
This file is part of GCC.
|
This file is part of GCC.
|
|
|
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
|
the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
|
Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
|
Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
|
version.
|
version.
|
|
|
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
|
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
|
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
|
for more details.
|
for more details.
|
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
|
along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
|
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
|
|
|
|
#include "config.h"
|
#include "config.h"
|
#include "system.h"
|
#include "system.h"
|
#include "coretypes.h"
|
#include "coretypes.h"
|
#include "tm.h"
|
#include "tm.h"
|
#include "rtl.h"
|
#include "rtl.h"
|
#include "tree.h"
|
#include "tree.h"
|
#include "tm_p.h"
|
#include "tm_p.h"
|
#include "regs.h"
|
#include "regs.h"
|
#include "hard-reg-set.h"
|
#include "hard-reg-set.h"
|
#include "flags.h"
|
#include "flags.h"
|
#include "real.h"
|
#include "real.h"
|
#include "insn-config.h"
|
#include "insn-config.h"
|
#include "recog.h"
|
#include "recog.h"
|
#include "function.h"
|
#include "function.h"
|
#include "expr.h"
|
#include "expr.h"
|
#include "toplev.h"
|
#include "toplev.h"
|
#include "output.h"
|
#include "output.h"
|
#include "ggc.h"
|
#include "ggc.h"
|
#include "target.h"
|
#include "target.h"
|
|
|
/* Simplification and canonicalization of RTL. */
|
/* Simplification and canonicalization of RTL. */
|
|
|
/* Much code operates on (low, high) pairs; the low value is an
|
/* Much code operates on (low, high) pairs; the low value is an
|
unsigned wide int, the high value a signed wide int. We
|
unsigned wide int, the high value a signed wide int. We
|
occasionally need to sign extend from low to high as if low were a
|
occasionally need to sign extend from low to high as if low were a
|
signed wide int. */
|
signed wide int. */
|
#define HWI_SIGN_EXTEND(low) \
|
#define HWI_SIGN_EXTEND(low) \
|
((((HOST_WIDE_INT) low) < 0) ? ((HOST_WIDE_INT) -1) : ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 0))
|
((((HOST_WIDE_INT) low) < 0) ? ((HOST_WIDE_INT) -1) : ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 0))
|
|
|
static rtx neg_const_int (enum machine_mode, rtx);
|
static rtx neg_const_int (enum machine_mode, rtx);
|
static bool plus_minus_operand_p (rtx);
|
static bool plus_minus_operand_p (rtx);
|
static int simplify_plus_minus_op_data_cmp (const void *, const void *);
|
static int simplify_plus_minus_op_data_cmp (const void *, const void *);
|
static rtx simplify_plus_minus (enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode, rtx, rtx);
|
static rtx simplify_plus_minus (enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode, rtx, rtx);
|
static rtx simplify_immed_subreg (enum machine_mode, rtx, enum machine_mode,
|
static rtx simplify_immed_subreg (enum machine_mode, rtx, enum machine_mode,
|
unsigned int);
|
unsigned int);
|
static rtx simplify_associative_operation (enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode,
|
static rtx simplify_associative_operation (enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode,
|
rtx, rtx);
|
rtx, rtx);
|
static rtx simplify_relational_operation_1 (enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode,
|
static rtx simplify_relational_operation_1 (enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode,
|
enum machine_mode, rtx, rtx);
|
enum machine_mode, rtx, rtx);
|
static rtx simplify_unary_operation_1 (enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode, rtx);
|
static rtx simplify_unary_operation_1 (enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode, rtx);
|
static rtx simplify_binary_operation_1 (enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode,
|
static rtx simplify_binary_operation_1 (enum rtx_code, enum machine_mode,
|
rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx);
|
rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx);
|
|
|
/* Negate a CONST_INT rtx, truncating (because a conversion from a
|
/* Negate a CONST_INT rtx, truncating (because a conversion from a
|
maximally negative number can overflow). */
|
maximally negative number can overflow). */
|
static rtx
|
static rtx
|
neg_const_int (enum machine_mode mode, rtx i)
|
neg_const_int (enum machine_mode mode, rtx i)
|
{
|
{
|
return gen_int_mode (- INTVAL (i), mode);
|
return gen_int_mode (- INTVAL (i), mode);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Test whether expression, X, is an immediate constant that represents
|
/* Test whether expression, X, is an immediate constant that represents
|
the most significant bit of machine mode MODE. */
|
the most significant bit of machine mode MODE. */
|
|
|
bool
|
bool
|
mode_signbit_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x)
|
mode_signbit_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x)
|
{
|
{
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val;
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val;
|
unsigned int width;
|
unsigned int width;
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT)
|
return false;
|
return false;
|
|
|
width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
if (width == 0)
|
if (width == 0)
|
return false;
|
return false;
|
|
|
if (width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
if (width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
|
&& GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
|
val = INTVAL (x);
|
val = INTVAL (x);
|
else if (width <= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
else if (width <= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
&& GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
&& CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) == 0)
|
&& CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) == 0)
|
{
|
{
|
val = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
|
val = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x);
|
width -= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
|
width -= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
return false;
|
return false;
|
|
|
if (width < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
if (width < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
val &= ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1;
|
val &= ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1;
|
return val == ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1));
|
return val == ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Make a binary operation by properly ordering the operands and
|
/* Make a binary operation by properly ordering the operands and
|
seeing if the expression folds. */
|
seeing if the expression folds. */
|
|
|
rtx
|
rtx
|
simplify_gen_binary (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0,
|
simplify_gen_binary (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0,
|
rtx op1)
|
rtx op1)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx tem;
|
rtx tem;
|
|
|
/* If this simplifies, do it. */
|
/* If this simplifies, do it. */
|
tem = simplify_binary_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
tem = simplify_binary_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
if (tem)
|
if (tem)
|
return tem;
|
return tem;
|
|
|
/* Put complex operands first and constants second if commutative. */
|
/* Put complex operands first and constants second if commutative. */
|
if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == RTX_COMM_ARITH
|
if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == RTX_COMM_ARITH
|
&& swap_commutative_operands_p (op0, op1))
|
&& swap_commutative_operands_p (op0, op1))
|
tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem;
|
tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem;
|
|
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* If X is a MEM referencing the constant pool, return the real value.
|
/* If X is a MEM referencing the constant pool, return the real value.
|
Otherwise return X. */
|
Otherwise return X. */
|
rtx
|
rtx
|
avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtx x)
|
avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtx x)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx c, tmp, addr;
|
rtx c, tmp, addr;
|
enum machine_mode cmode;
|
enum machine_mode cmode;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
|
|
|
switch (GET_CODE (x))
|
switch (GET_CODE (x))
|
{
|
{
|
case MEM:
|
case MEM:
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case FLOAT_EXTEND:
|
case FLOAT_EXTEND:
|
/* Handle float extensions of constant pool references. */
|
/* Handle float extensions of constant pool references. */
|
tmp = XEXP (x, 0);
|
tmp = XEXP (x, 0);
|
c = avoid_constant_pool_reference (tmp);
|
c = avoid_constant_pool_reference (tmp);
|
if (c != tmp && GET_CODE (c) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
if (c != tmp && GET_CODE (c) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
{
|
{
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d;
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d;
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d, c);
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d, c);
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (d, GET_MODE (x));
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (d, GET_MODE (x));
|
}
|
}
|
return x;
|
return x;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
return x;
|
return x;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
addr = XEXP (x, 0);
|
addr = XEXP (x, 0);
|
|
|
/* Call target hook to avoid the effects of -fpic etc.... */
|
/* Call target hook to avoid the effects of -fpic etc.... */
|
addr = targetm.delegitimize_address (addr);
|
addr = targetm.delegitimize_address (addr);
|
|
|
/* Split the address into a base and integer offset. */
|
/* Split the address into a base and integer offset. */
|
if (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST
|
if (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == PLUS
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == PLUS
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 1));
|
offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 1));
|
addr = XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 0);
|
addr = XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 0);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (addr) == LO_SUM)
|
if (GET_CODE (addr) == LO_SUM)
|
addr = XEXP (addr, 1);
|
addr = XEXP (addr, 1);
|
|
|
/* If this is a constant pool reference, we can turn it into its
|
/* If this is a constant pool reference, we can turn it into its
|
constant and hope that simplifications happen. */
|
constant and hope that simplifications happen. */
|
if (GET_CODE (addr) == SYMBOL_REF
|
if (GET_CODE (addr) == SYMBOL_REF
|
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (addr))
|
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (addr))
|
{
|
{
|
c = get_pool_constant (addr);
|
c = get_pool_constant (addr);
|
cmode = get_pool_mode (addr);
|
cmode = get_pool_mode (addr);
|
|
|
/* If we're accessing the constant in a different mode than it was
|
/* If we're accessing the constant in a different mode than it was
|
originally stored, attempt to fix that up via subreg simplifications.
|
originally stored, attempt to fix that up via subreg simplifications.
|
If that fails we have no choice but to return the original memory. */
|
If that fails we have no choice but to return the original memory. */
|
if (offset != 0 || cmode != GET_MODE (x))
|
if (offset != 0 || cmode != GET_MODE (x))
|
{
|
{
|
rtx tem = simplify_subreg (GET_MODE (x), c, cmode, offset);
|
rtx tem = simplify_subreg (GET_MODE (x), c, cmode, offset);
|
if (tem && CONSTANT_P (tem))
|
if (tem && CONSTANT_P (tem))
|
return tem;
|
return tem;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
return c;
|
return c;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return x;
|
return x;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Return true if X is a MEM referencing the constant pool. */
|
/* Return true if X is a MEM referencing the constant pool. */
|
|
|
bool
|
bool
|
constant_pool_reference_p (rtx x)
|
constant_pool_reference_p (rtx x)
|
{
|
{
|
return avoid_constant_pool_reference (x) != x;
|
return avoid_constant_pool_reference (x) != x;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Make a unary operation by first seeing if it folds and otherwise making
|
/* Make a unary operation by first seeing if it folds and otherwise making
|
the specified operation. */
|
the specified operation. */
|
|
|
rtx
|
rtx
|
simplify_gen_unary (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode, rtx op,
|
simplify_gen_unary (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode, rtx op,
|
enum machine_mode op_mode)
|
enum machine_mode op_mode)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx tem;
|
rtx tem;
|
|
|
/* If this simplifies, use it. */
|
/* If this simplifies, use it. */
|
if ((tem = simplify_unary_operation (code, mode, op, op_mode)) != 0)
|
if ((tem = simplify_unary_operation (code, mode, op, op_mode)) != 0)
|
return tem;
|
return tem;
|
|
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_e (code, mode, op);
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_e (code, mode, op);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Likewise for ternary operations. */
|
/* Likewise for ternary operations. */
|
|
|
rtx
|
rtx
|
simplify_gen_ternary (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
simplify_gen_ternary (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
enum machine_mode op0_mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx op2)
|
enum machine_mode op0_mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx op2)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx tem;
|
rtx tem;
|
|
|
/* If this simplifies, use it. */
|
/* If this simplifies, use it. */
|
if (0 != (tem = simplify_ternary_operation (code, mode, op0_mode,
|
if (0 != (tem = simplify_ternary_operation (code, mode, op0_mode,
|
op0, op1, op2)))
|
op0, op1, op2)))
|
return tem;
|
return tem;
|
|
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_eee (code, mode, op0, op1, op2);
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_eee (code, mode, op0, op1, op2);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Likewise, for relational operations.
|
/* Likewise, for relational operations.
|
CMP_MODE specifies mode comparison is done in. */
|
CMP_MODE specifies mode comparison is done in. */
|
|
|
rtx
|
rtx
|
simplify_gen_relational (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
simplify_gen_relational (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
enum machine_mode cmp_mode, rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
enum machine_mode cmp_mode, rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx tem;
|
rtx tem;
|
|
|
if (0 != (tem = simplify_relational_operation (code, mode, cmp_mode,
|
if (0 != (tem = simplify_relational_operation (code, mode, cmp_mode,
|
op0, op1)))
|
op0, op1)))
|
return tem;
|
return tem;
|
|
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Replace all occurrences of OLD_RTX in X with NEW_RTX and try to simplify the
|
/* Replace all occurrences of OLD_RTX in X with NEW_RTX and try to simplify the
|
resulting RTX. Return a new RTX which is as simplified as possible. */
|
resulting RTX. Return a new RTX which is as simplified as possible. */
|
|
|
rtx
|
rtx
|
simplify_replace_rtx (rtx x, rtx old_rtx, rtx new_rtx)
|
simplify_replace_rtx (rtx x, rtx old_rtx, rtx new_rtx)
|
{
|
{
|
enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
|
enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
|
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
|
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
|
enum machine_mode op_mode;
|
enum machine_mode op_mode;
|
rtx op0, op1, op2;
|
rtx op0, op1, op2;
|
|
|
/* If X is OLD_RTX, return NEW_RTX. Otherwise, if this is an expression, try
|
/* If X is OLD_RTX, return NEW_RTX. Otherwise, if this is an expression, try
|
to build a new expression substituting recursively. If we can't do
|
to build a new expression substituting recursively. If we can't do
|
anything, return our input. */
|
anything, return our input. */
|
|
|
if (x == old_rtx)
|
if (x == old_rtx)
|
return new_rtx;
|
return new_rtx;
|
|
|
switch (GET_RTX_CLASS (code))
|
switch (GET_RTX_CLASS (code))
|
{
|
{
|
case RTX_UNARY:
|
case RTX_UNARY:
|
op0 = XEXP (x, 0);
|
op0 = XEXP (x, 0);
|
op_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
op_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
op0 = simplify_replace_rtx (op0, old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
op0 = simplify_replace_rtx (op0, old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
if (op0 == XEXP (x, 0))
|
if (op0 == XEXP (x, 0))
|
return x;
|
return x;
|
return simplify_gen_unary (code, mode, op0, op_mode);
|
return simplify_gen_unary (code, mode, op0, op_mode);
|
|
|
case RTX_BIN_ARITH:
|
case RTX_BIN_ARITH:
|
case RTX_COMM_ARITH:
|
case RTX_COMM_ARITH:
|
op0 = simplify_replace_rtx (XEXP (x, 0), old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
op0 = simplify_replace_rtx (XEXP (x, 0), old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
op1 = simplify_replace_rtx (XEXP (x, 1), old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
op1 = simplify_replace_rtx (XEXP (x, 1), old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
if (op0 == XEXP (x, 0) && op1 == XEXP (x, 1))
|
if (op0 == XEXP (x, 0) && op1 == XEXP (x, 1))
|
return x;
|
return x;
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
|
|
case RTX_COMPARE:
|
case RTX_COMPARE:
|
case RTX_COMM_COMPARE:
|
case RTX_COMM_COMPARE:
|
op0 = XEXP (x, 0);
|
op0 = XEXP (x, 0);
|
op1 = XEXP (x, 1);
|
op1 = XEXP (x, 1);
|
op_mode = GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode ? GET_MODE (op0) : GET_MODE (op1);
|
op_mode = GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode ? GET_MODE (op0) : GET_MODE (op1);
|
op0 = simplify_replace_rtx (op0, old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
op0 = simplify_replace_rtx (op0, old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
op1 = simplify_replace_rtx (op1, old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
op1 = simplify_replace_rtx (op1, old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
if (op0 == XEXP (x, 0) && op1 == XEXP (x, 1))
|
if (op0 == XEXP (x, 0) && op1 == XEXP (x, 1))
|
return x;
|
return x;
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, op_mode, op0, op1);
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, op_mode, op0, op1);
|
|
|
case RTX_TERNARY:
|
case RTX_TERNARY:
|
case RTX_BITFIELD_OPS:
|
case RTX_BITFIELD_OPS:
|
op0 = XEXP (x, 0);
|
op0 = XEXP (x, 0);
|
op_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
op_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
op0 = simplify_replace_rtx (op0, old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
op0 = simplify_replace_rtx (op0, old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
op1 = simplify_replace_rtx (XEXP (x, 1), old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
op1 = simplify_replace_rtx (XEXP (x, 1), old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
op2 = simplify_replace_rtx (XEXP (x, 2), old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
op2 = simplify_replace_rtx (XEXP (x, 2), old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
if (op0 == XEXP (x, 0) && op1 == XEXP (x, 1) && op2 == XEXP (x, 2))
|
if (op0 == XEXP (x, 0) && op1 == XEXP (x, 1) && op2 == XEXP (x, 2))
|
return x;
|
return x;
|
if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
|
if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
|
op_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
op_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
return simplify_gen_ternary (code, mode, op_mode, op0, op1, op2);
|
return simplify_gen_ternary (code, mode, op_mode, op0, op1, op2);
|
|
|
case RTX_EXTRA:
|
case RTX_EXTRA:
|
/* The only case we try to handle is a SUBREG. */
|
/* The only case we try to handle is a SUBREG. */
|
if (code == SUBREG)
|
if (code == SUBREG)
|
{
|
{
|
op0 = simplify_replace_rtx (SUBREG_REG (x), old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
op0 = simplify_replace_rtx (SUBREG_REG (x), old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
if (op0 == SUBREG_REG (x))
|
if (op0 == SUBREG_REG (x))
|
return x;
|
return x;
|
op0 = simplify_gen_subreg (GET_MODE (x), op0,
|
op0 = simplify_gen_subreg (GET_MODE (x), op0,
|
GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)),
|
GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)),
|
SUBREG_BYTE (x));
|
SUBREG_BYTE (x));
|
return op0 ? op0 : x;
|
return op0 ? op0 : x;
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case RTX_OBJ:
|
case RTX_OBJ:
|
if (code == MEM)
|
if (code == MEM)
|
{
|
{
|
op0 = simplify_replace_rtx (XEXP (x, 0), old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
op0 = simplify_replace_rtx (XEXP (x, 0), old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
if (op0 == XEXP (x, 0))
|
if (op0 == XEXP (x, 0))
|
return x;
|
return x;
|
return replace_equiv_address_nv (x, op0);
|
return replace_equiv_address_nv (x, op0);
|
}
|
}
|
else if (code == LO_SUM)
|
else if (code == LO_SUM)
|
{
|
{
|
op0 = simplify_replace_rtx (XEXP (x, 0), old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
op0 = simplify_replace_rtx (XEXP (x, 0), old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
op1 = simplify_replace_rtx (XEXP (x, 1), old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
op1 = simplify_replace_rtx (XEXP (x, 1), old_rtx, new_rtx);
|
|
|
/* (lo_sum (high x) x) -> x */
|
/* (lo_sum (high x) x) -> x */
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == HIGH && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1))
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == HIGH && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1))
|
return op1;
|
return op1;
|
|
|
if (op0 == XEXP (x, 0) && op1 == XEXP (x, 1))
|
if (op0 == XEXP (x, 0) && op1 == XEXP (x, 1))
|
return x;
|
return x;
|
return gen_rtx_LO_SUM (mode, op0, op1);
|
return gen_rtx_LO_SUM (mode, op0, op1);
|
}
|
}
|
else if (code == REG)
|
else if (code == REG)
|
{
|
{
|
if (rtx_equal_p (x, old_rtx))
|
if (rtx_equal_p (x, old_rtx))
|
return new_rtx;
|
return new_rtx;
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
return x;
|
return x;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Try to simplify a unary operation CODE whose output mode is to be
|
/* Try to simplify a unary operation CODE whose output mode is to be
|
MODE with input operand OP whose mode was originally OP_MODE.
|
MODE with input operand OP whose mode was originally OP_MODE.
|
Return zero if no simplification can be made. */
|
Return zero if no simplification can be made. */
|
rtx
|
rtx
|
simplify_unary_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
simplify_unary_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
rtx op, enum machine_mode op_mode)
|
rtx op, enum machine_mode op_mode)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx trueop, tem;
|
rtx trueop, tem;
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST)
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST)
|
op = XEXP (op, 0);
|
op = XEXP (op, 0);
|
|
|
trueop = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op);
|
trueop = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op);
|
|
|
tem = simplify_const_unary_operation (code, mode, trueop, op_mode);
|
tem = simplify_const_unary_operation (code, mode, trueop, op_mode);
|
if (tem)
|
if (tem)
|
return tem;
|
return tem;
|
|
|
return simplify_unary_operation_1 (code, mode, op);
|
return simplify_unary_operation_1 (code, mode, op);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Perform some simplifications we can do even if the operands
|
/* Perform some simplifications we can do even if the operands
|
aren't constant. */
|
aren't constant. */
|
static rtx
|
static rtx
|
simplify_unary_operation_1 (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode, rtx op)
|
simplify_unary_operation_1 (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode, rtx op)
|
{
|
{
|
enum rtx_code reversed;
|
enum rtx_code reversed;
|
rtx temp;
|
rtx temp;
|
|
|
switch (code)
|
switch (code)
|
{
|
{
|
case NOT:
|
case NOT:
|
/* (not (not X)) == X. */
|
/* (not (not X)) == X. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == NOT)
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == NOT)
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
|
|
/* (not (eq X Y)) == (ne X Y), etc. if BImode or the result of the
|
/* (not (eq X Y)) == (ne X Y), etc. if BImode or the result of the
|
comparison is all ones. */
|
comparison is all ones. */
|
if (COMPARISON_P (op)
|
if (COMPARISON_P (op)
|
&& (mode == BImode || STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1)
|
&& (mode == BImode || STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1)
|
&& ((reversed = reversed_comparison_code (op, NULL_RTX)) != UNKNOWN))
|
&& ((reversed = reversed_comparison_code (op, NULL_RTX)) != UNKNOWN))
|
return simplify_gen_relational (reversed, mode, VOIDmode,
|
return simplify_gen_relational (reversed, mode, VOIDmode,
|
XEXP (op, 0), XEXP (op, 1));
|
XEXP (op, 0), XEXP (op, 1));
|
|
|
/* (not (plus X -1)) can become (neg X). */
|
/* (not (plus X -1)) can become (neg X). */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == PLUS
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == PLUS
|
&& XEXP (op, 1) == constm1_rtx)
|
&& XEXP (op, 1) == constm1_rtx)
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, XEXP (op, 0), mode);
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, XEXP (op, 0), mode);
|
|
|
/* Similarly, (not (neg X)) is (plus X -1). */
|
/* Similarly, (not (neg X)) is (plus X -1). */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == NEG)
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == NEG)
|
return plus_constant (XEXP (op, 0), -1);
|
return plus_constant (XEXP (op, 0), -1);
|
|
|
/* (not (xor X C)) for C constant is (xor X D) with D = ~C. */
|
/* (not (xor X C)) for C constant is (xor X D) with D = ~C. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == XOR
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == XOR
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& (temp = simplify_unary_operation (NOT, mode,
|
&& (temp = simplify_unary_operation (NOT, mode,
|
XEXP (op, 1), mode)) != 0)
|
XEXP (op, 1), mode)) != 0)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, XEXP (op, 0), temp);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, XEXP (op, 0), temp);
|
|
|
/* (not (plus X C)) for signbit C is (xor X D) with D = ~C. */
|
/* (not (plus X C)) for signbit C is (xor X D) with D = ~C. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == PLUS
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == PLUS
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& mode_signbit_p (mode, XEXP (op, 1))
|
&& mode_signbit_p (mode, XEXP (op, 1))
|
&& (temp = simplify_unary_operation (NOT, mode,
|
&& (temp = simplify_unary_operation (NOT, mode,
|
XEXP (op, 1), mode)) != 0)
|
XEXP (op, 1), mode)) != 0)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, XEXP (op, 0), temp);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, XEXP (op, 0), temp);
|
|
|
|
|
/* (not (ashift 1 X)) is (rotate ~1 X). We used to do this for
|
/* (not (ashift 1 X)) is (rotate ~1 X). We used to do this for
|
operands other than 1, but that is not valid. We could do a
|
operands other than 1, but that is not valid. We could do a
|
similar simplification for (not (lshiftrt C X)) where C is
|
similar simplification for (not (lshiftrt C X)) where C is
|
just the sign bit, but this doesn't seem common enough to
|
just the sign bit, but this doesn't seem common enough to
|
bother with. */
|
bother with. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFT
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFT
|
&& XEXP (op, 0) == const1_rtx)
|
&& XEXP (op, 0) == const1_rtx)
|
{
|
{
|
temp = simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, const1_rtx, mode);
|
temp = simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, const1_rtx, mode);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ROTATE, mode, temp, XEXP (op, 1));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ROTATE, mode, temp, XEXP (op, 1));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* (not (ashiftrt foo C)) where C is the number of bits in FOO
|
/* (not (ashiftrt foo C)) where C is the number of bits in FOO
|
minus 1 is (ge foo (const_int 0)) if STORE_FLAG_VALUE is -1,
|
minus 1 is (ge foo (const_int 0)) if STORE_FLAG_VALUE is -1,
|
so we can perform the above simplification. */
|
so we can perform the above simplification. */
|
|
|
if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1
|
if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1
|
&& GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFTRT
|
&& GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFTRT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1)
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1)
|
return simplify_gen_relational (GE, mode, VOIDmode,
|
return simplify_gen_relational (GE, mode, VOIDmode,
|
XEXP (op, 0), const0_rtx);
|
XEXP (op, 0), const0_rtx);
|
|
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
&& subreg_lowpart_p (op)
|
&& subreg_lowpart_p (op)
|
&& (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op))
|
&& (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op))
|
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op))))
|
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op))))
|
&& GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) == ASHIFT
|
&& GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) == ASHIFT
|
&& XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op), 0) == const1_rtx)
|
&& XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op), 0) == const1_rtx)
|
{
|
{
|
enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op));
|
enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op));
|
rtx x;
|
rtx x;
|
|
|
x = gen_rtx_ROTATE (inner_mode,
|
x = gen_rtx_ROTATE (inner_mode,
|
simplify_gen_unary (NOT, inner_mode, const1_rtx,
|
simplify_gen_unary (NOT, inner_mode, const1_rtx,
|
inner_mode),
|
inner_mode),
|
XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op), 1));
|
XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op), 1));
|
return rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (mode, x);
|
return rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (mode, x);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Apply De Morgan's laws to reduce number of patterns for machines
|
/* Apply De Morgan's laws to reduce number of patterns for machines
|
with negating logical insns (and-not, nand, etc.). If result has
|
with negating logical insns (and-not, nand, etc.). If result has
|
only one NOT, put it first, since that is how the patterns are
|
only one NOT, put it first, since that is how the patterns are
|
coded. */
|
coded. */
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == IOR || GET_CODE (op) == AND)
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == IOR || GET_CODE (op) == AND)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx in1 = XEXP (op, 0), in2 = XEXP (op, 1);
|
rtx in1 = XEXP (op, 0), in2 = XEXP (op, 1);
|
enum machine_mode op_mode;
|
enum machine_mode op_mode;
|
|
|
op_mode = GET_MODE (in1);
|
op_mode = GET_MODE (in1);
|
in1 = simplify_gen_unary (NOT, op_mode, in1, op_mode);
|
in1 = simplify_gen_unary (NOT, op_mode, in1, op_mode);
|
|
|
op_mode = GET_MODE (in2);
|
op_mode = GET_MODE (in2);
|
if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
|
if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
|
op_mode = mode;
|
op_mode = mode;
|
in2 = simplify_gen_unary (NOT, op_mode, in2, op_mode);
|
in2 = simplify_gen_unary (NOT, op_mode, in2, op_mode);
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (in2) == NOT && GET_CODE (in1) != NOT)
|
if (GET_CODE (in2) == NOT && GET_CODE (in1) != NOT)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx tem = in2;
|
rtx tem = in2;
|
in2 = in1; in1 = tem;
|
in2 = in1; in1 = tem;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (op) == IOR ? AND : IOR,
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (op) == IOR ? AND : IOR,
|
mode, in1, in2);
|
mode, in1, in2);
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case NEG:
|
case NEG:
|
/* (neg (neg X)) == X. */
|
/* (neg (neg X)) == X. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == NEG)
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == NEG)
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
|
|
/* (neg (plus X 1)) can become (not X). */
|
/* (neg (plus X 1)) can become (not X). */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == PLUS
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == PLUS
|
&& XEXP (op, 1) == const1_rtx)
|
&& XEXP (op, 1) == const1_rtx)
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, XEXP (op, 0), mode);
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, XEXP (op, 0), mode);
|
|
|
/* Similarly, (neg (not X)) is (plus X 1). */
|
/* Similarly, (neg (not X)) is (plus X 1). */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == NOT)
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == NOT)
|
return plus_constant (XEXP (op, 0), 1);
|
return plus_constant (XEXP (op, 0), 1);
|
|
|
/* (neg (minus X Y)) can become (minus Y X). This transformation
|
/* (neg (minus X Y)) can become (minus Y X). This transformation
|
isn't safe for modes with signed zeros, since if X and Y are
|
isn't safe for modes with signed zeros, since if X and Y are
|
both +0, (minus Y X) is the same as (minus X Y). If the
|
both +0, (minus Y X) is the same as (minus X Y). If the
|
rounding mode is towards +infinity (or -infinity) then the two
|
rounding mode is towards +infinity (or -infinity) then the two
|
expressions will be rounded differently. */
|
expressions will be rounded differently. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == MINUS
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == MINUS
|
&& !HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
&& !HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
&& !HONOR_SIGN_DEPENDENT_ROUNDING (mode))
|
&& !HONOR_SIGN_DEPENDENT_ROUNDING (mode))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, XEXP (op, 1), XEXP (op, 0));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, XEXP (op, 1), XEXP (op, 0));
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == PLUS
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == PLUS
|
&& !HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
&& !HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
&& !HONOR_SIGN_DEPENDENT_ROUNDING (mode))
|
&& !HONOR_SIGN_DEPENDENT_ROUNDING (mode))
|
{
|
{
|
/* (neg (plus A C)) is simplified to (minus -C A). */
|
/* (neg (plus A C)) is simplified to (minus -C A). */
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
{
|
{
|
temp = simplify_unary_operation (NEG, mode, XEXP (op, 1), mode);
|
temp = simplify_unary_operation (NEG, mode, XEXP (op, 1), mode);
|
if (temp)
|
if (temp)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, temp, XEXP (op, 0));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, temp, XEXP (op, 0));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* (neg (plus A B)) is canonicalized to (minus (neg A) B). */
|
/* (neg (plus A B)) is canonicalized to (minus (neg A) B). */
|
temp = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, XEXP (op, 0), mode);
|
temp = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, XEXP (op, 0), mode);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, temp, XEXP (op, 1));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, temp, XEXP (op, 1));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* (neg (mult A B)) becomes (mult (neg A) B).
|
/* (neg (mult A B)) becomes (mult (neg A) B).
|
This works even for floating-point values. */
|
This works even for floating-point values. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == MULT
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == MULT
|
&& !HONOR_SIGN_DEPENDENT_ROUNDING (mode))
|
&& !HONOR_SIGN_DEPENDENT_ROUNDING (mode))
|
{
|
{
|
temp = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, XEXP (op, 0), mode);
|
temp = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, XEXP (op, 0), mode);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, temp, XEXP (op, 1));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, temp, XEXP (op, 1));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* NEG commutes with ASHIFT since it is multiplication. Only do
|
/* NEG commutes with ASHIFT since it is multiplication. Only do
|
this if we can then eliminate the NEG (e.g., if the operand
|
this if we can then eliminate the NEG (e.g., if the operand
|
is a constant). */
|
is a constant). */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFT)
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFT)
|
{
|
{
|
temp = simplify_unary_operation (NEG, mode, XEXP (op, 0), mode);
|
temp = simplify_unary_operation (NEG, mode, XEXP (op, 0), mode);
|
if (temp)
|
if (temp)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFT, mode, temp, XEXP (op, 1));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFT, mode, temp, XEXP (op, 1));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* (neg (ashiftrt X C)) can be replaced by (lshiftrt X C) when
|
/* (neg (ashiftrt X C)) can be replaced by (lshiftrt X C) when
|
C is equal to the width of MODE minus 1. */
|
C is equal to the width of MODE minus 1. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFTRT
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFTRT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1)
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, mode,
|
return simplify_gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, mode,
|
XEXP (op, 0), XEXP (op, 1));
|
XEXP (op, 0), XEXP (op, 1));
|
|
|
/* (neg (lshiftrt X C)) can be replaced by (ashiftrt X C) when
|
/* (neg (lshiftrt X C)) can be replaced by (ashiftrt X C) when
|
C is equal to the width of MODE minus 1. */
|
C is equal to the width of MODE minus 1. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == LSHIFTRT
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == LSHIFTRT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1)
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFTRT, mode,
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFTRT, mode,
|
XEXP (op, 0), XEXP (op, 1));
|
XEXP (op, 0), XEXP (op, 1));
|
|
|
/* (neg (xor A 1)) is (plus A -1) if A is known to be either 0 or 1. */
|
/* (neg (xor A 1)) is (plus A -1) if A is known to be either 0 or 1. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == XOR
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == XOR
|
&& XEXP (op, 1) == const1_rtx
|
&& XEXP (op, 1) == const1_rtx
|
&& nonzero_bits (XEXP (op, 0), mode) == 1)
|
&& nonzero_bits (XEXP (op, 0), mode) == 1)
|
return plus_constant (XEXP (op, 0), -1);
|
return plus_constant (XEXP (op, 0), -1);
|
|
|
/* (neg (lt x 0)) is (ashiftrt X C) if STORE_FLAG_VALUE is 1. */
|
/* (neg (lt x 0)) is (ashiftrt X C) if STORE_FLAG_VALUE is 1. */
|
/* (neg (lt x 0)) is (lshiftrt X C) if STORE_FLAG_VALUE is -1. */
|
/* (neg (lt x 0)) is (lshiftrt X C) if STORE_FLAG_VALUE is -1. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == LT
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == LT
|
&& XEXP (op, 1) == const0_rtx
|
&& XEXP (op, 1) == const0_rtx
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0))))
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0))))
|
{
|
{
|
enum machine_mode inner = GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0));
|
enum machine_mode inner = GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0));
|
int isize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner);
|
int isize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (inner);
|
if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1)
|
if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1)
|
{
|
{
|
temp = simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFTRT, inner, XEXP (op, 0),
|
temp = simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFTRT, inner, XEXP (op, 0),
|
GEN_INT (isize - 1));
|
GEN_INT (isize - 1));
|
if (mode == inner)
|
if (mode == inner)
|
return temp;
|
return temp;
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) > isize)
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) > isize)
|
return simplify_gen_unary (SIGN_EXTEND, mode, temp, inner);
|
return simplify_gen_unary (SIGN_EXTEND, mode, temp, inner);
|
return simplify_gen_unary (TRUNCATE, mode, temp, inner);
|
return simplify_gen_unary (TRUNCATE, mode, temp, inner);
|
}
|
}
|
else if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1)
|
else if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1)
|
{
|
{
|
temp = simplify_gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, inner, XEXP (op, 0),
|
temp = simplify_gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, inner, XEXP (op, 0),
|
GEN_INT (isize - 1));
|
GEN_INT (isize - 1));
|
if (mode == inner)
|
if (mode == inner)
|
return temp;
|
return temp;
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) > isize)
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) > isize)
|
return simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, temp, inner);
|
return simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, temp, inner);
|
return simplify_gen_unary (TRUNCATE, mode, temp, inner);
|
return simplify_gen_unary (TRUNCATE, mode, temp, inner);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case TRUNCATE:
|
case TRUNCATE:
|
/* We can't handle truncation to a partial integer mode here
|
/* We can't handle truncation to a partial integer mode here
|
because we don't know the real bitsize of the partial
|
because we don't know the real bitsize of the partial
|
integer mode. */
|
integer mode. */
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT)
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT)
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
/* (truncate:SI ({sign,zero}_extend:DI foo:SI)) == foo:SI. */
|
/* (truncate:SI ({sign,zero}_extend:DI foo:SI)) == foo:SI. */
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == SIGN_EXTEND
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == SIGN_EXTEND
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == ZERO_EXTEND)
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == ZERO_EXTEND)
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == mode)
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == mode)
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
|
|
/* (truncate:SI (OP:DI ({sign,zero}_extend:DI foo:SI))) is
|
/* (truncate:SI (OP:DI ({sign,zero}_extend:DI foo:SI))) is
|
(OP:SI foo:SI) if OP is NEG or ABS. */
|
(OP:SI foo:SI) if OP is NEG or ABS. */
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == ABS
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == ABS
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == NEG)
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == NEG)
|
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND
|
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND)
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND)
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == mode)
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == mode)
|
return simplify_gen_unary (GET_CODE (op), mode,
|
return simplify_gen_unary (GET_CODE (op), mode,
|
XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0), mode);
|
XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0), mode);
|
|
|
/* (truncate:A (subreg:B (truncate:C X) 0)) is
|
/* (truncate:A (subreg:B (truncate:C X) 0)) is
|
(truncate:A X). */
|
(truncate:A X). */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
&& GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) == TRUNCATE
|
&& GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) == TRUNCATE
|
&& subreg_lowpart_p (op))
|
&& subreg_lowpart_p (op))
|
return simplify_gen_unary (TRUNCATE, mode, XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op), 0),
|
return simplify_gen_unary (TRUNCATE, mode, XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op), 0),
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op), 0)));
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (op), 0)));
|
|
|
/* If we know that the value is already truncated, we can
|
/* If we know that the value is already truncated, we can
|
replace the TRUNCATE with a SUBREG. Note that this is also
|
replace the TRUNCATE with a SUBREG. Note that this is also
|
valid if TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION is false for the corresponding
|
valid if TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION is false for the corresponding
|
modes we just have to apply a different definition for
|
modes we just have to apply a different definition for
|
truncation. But don't do this for an (LSHIFTRT (MULT ...))
|
truncation. But don't do this for an (LSHIFTRT (MULT ...))
|
since this will cause problems with the umulXi3_highpart
|
since this will cause problems with the umulXi3_highpart
|
patterns. */
|
patterns. */
|
if ((TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode),
|
if ((TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode),
|
GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op)))
|
GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op)))
|
? (num_sign_bit_copies (op, GET_MODE (op))
|
? (num_sign_bit_copies (op, GET_MODE (op))
|
> (unsigned int) (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op))
|
> (unsigned int) (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op))
|
- GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)))
|
- GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)))
|
: truncated_to_mode (mode, op))
|
: truncated_to_mode (mode, op))
|
&& ! (GET_CODE (op) == LSHIFTRT
|
&& ! (GET_CODE (op) == LSHIFTRT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == MULT))
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == MULT))
|
return rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (mode, op);
|
return rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (mode, op);
|
|
|
/* A truncate of a comparison can be replaced with a subreg if
|
/* A truncate of a comparison can be replaced with a subreg if
|
STORE_FLAG_VALUE permits. This is like the previous test,
|
STORE_FLAG_VALUE permits. This is like the previous test,
|
but it works even if the comparison is done in a mode larger
|
but it works even if the comparison is done in a mode larger
|
than HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
|
than HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
&& COMPARISON_P (op)
|
&& COMPARISON_P (op)
|
&& ((HOST_WIDE_INT) STORE_FLAG_VALUE & ~GET_MODE_MASK (mode)) == 0)
|
&& ((HOST_WIDE_INT) STORE_FLAG_VALUE & ~GET_MODE_MASK (mode)) == 0)
|
return rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (mode, op);
|
return rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (mode, op);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
|
case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
|
if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
|
if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
/* (float_truncate:SF (float_extend:DF foo:SF)) = foo:SF. */
|
/* (float_truncate:SF (float_extend:DF foo:SF)) = foo:SF. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == FLOAT_EXTEND
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == FLOAT_EXTEND
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == mode)
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == mode)
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
|
|
/* (float_truncate:SF (float_truncate:DF foo:XF))
|
/* (float_truncate:SF (float_truncate:DF foo:XF))
|
= (float_truncate:SF foo:XF).
|
= (float_truncate:SF foo:XF).
|
This may eliminate double rounding, so it is unsafe.
|
This may eliminate double rounding, so it is unsafe.
|
|
|
(float_truncate:SF (float_extend:XF foo:DF))
|
(float_truncate:SF (float_extend:XF foo:DF))
|
= (float_truncate:SF foo:DF).
|
= (float_truncate:SF foo:DF).
|
|
|
(float_truncate:DF (float_extend:XF foo:SF))
|
(float_truncate:DF (float_extend:XF foo:SF))
|
= (float_extend:SF foo:DF). */
|
= (float_extend:SF foo:DF). */
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == FLOAT_TRUNCATE
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == FLOAT_TRUNCATE
|
&& flag_unsafe_math_optimizations)
|
&& flag_unsafe_math_optimizations)
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == FLOAT_EXTEND)
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == FLOAT_EXTEND)
|
return simplify_gen_unary (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (op,
|
return simplify_gen_unary (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (op,
|
0)))
|
0)))
|
> GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)
|
> GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)
|
? FLOAT_TRUNCATE : FLOAT_EXTEND,
|
? FLOAT_TRUNCATE : FLOAT_EXTEND,
|
mode,
|
mode,
|
XEXP (op, 0), mode);
|
XEXP (op, 0), mode);
|
|
|
/* (float_truncate (float x)) is (float x) */
|
/* (float_truncate (float x)) is (float x) */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == FLOAT
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == FLOAT
|
&& (flag_unsafe_math_optimizations
|
&& (flag_unsafe_math_optimizations
|
|| ((unsigned)significand_size (GET_MODE (op))
|
|| ((unsigned)significand_size (GET_MODE (op))
|
>= (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)))
|
>= (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)))
|
- num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (op, 0),
|
- num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (op, 0),
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)))))))
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)))))))
|
return simplify_gen_unary (FLOAT, mode,
|
return simplify_gen_unary (FLOAT, mode,
|
XEXP (op, 0),
|
XEXP (op, 0),
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
|
|
/* (float_truncate:SF (OP:DF (float_extend:DF foo:sf))) is
|
/* (float_truncate:SF (OP:DF (float_extend:DF foo:sf))) is
|
(OP:SF foo:SF) if OP is NEG or ABS. */
|
(OP:SF foo:SF) if OP is NEG or ABS. */
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == ABS
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == ABS
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == NEG)
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == NEG)
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == FLOAT_EXTEND
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == FLOAT_EXTEND
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == mode)
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == mode)
|
return simplify_gen_unary (GET_CODE (op), mode,
|
return simplify_gen_unary (GET_CODE (op), mode,
|
XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0), mode);
|
XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0), mode);
|
|
|
/* (float_truncate:SF (subreg:DF (float_truncate:SF X) 0))
|
/* (float_truncate:SF (subreg:DF (float_truncate:SF X) 0))
|
is (float_truncate:SF x). */
|
is (float_truncate:SF x). */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
&& subreg_lowpart_p (op)
|
&& subreg_lowpart_p (op)
|
&& GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) == FLOAT_TRUNCATE)
|
&& GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) == FLOAT_TRUNCATE)
|
return SUBREG_REG (op);
|
return SUBREG_REG (op);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case FLOAT_EXTEND:
|
case FLOAT_EXTEND:
|
if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
|
if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
/* (float_extend (float_extend x)) is (float_extend x)
|
/* (float_extend (float_extend x)) is (float_extend x)
|
|
|
(float_extend (float x)) is (float x) assuming that double
|
(float_extend (float x)) is (float x) assuming that double
|
rounding can't happen.
|
rounding can't happen.
|
*/
|
*/
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == FLOAT_EXTEND
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == FLOAT_EXTEND
|
|| (GET_CODE (op) == FLOAT
|
|| (GET_CODE (op) == FLOAT
|
&& ((unsigned)significand_size (GET_MODE (op))
|
&& ((unsigned)significand_size (GET_MODE (op))
|
>= (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)))
|
>= (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)))
|
- num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (op, 0),
|
- num_sign_bit_copies (XEXP (op, 0),
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)))))))
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)))))))
|
return simplify_gen_unary (GET_CODE (op), mode,
|
return simplify_gen_unary (GET_CODE (op), mode,
|
XEXP (op, 0),
|
XEXP (op, 0),
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
|
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case ABS:
|
case ABS:
|
/* (abs (neg <foo>)) -> (abs <foo>) */
|
/* (abs (neg <foo>)) -> (abs <foo>) */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == NEG)
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == NEG)
|
return simplify_gen_unary (ABS, mode, XEXP (op, 0),
|
return simplify_gen_unary (ABS, mode, XEXP (op, 0),
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
|
|
/* If the mode of the operand is VOIDmode (i.e. if it is ASM_OPERANDS),
|
/* If the mode of the operand is VOIDmode (i.e. if it is ASM_OPERANDS),
|
do nothing. */
|
do nothing. */
|
if (GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode)
|
if (GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode)
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
/* If operand is something known to be positive, ignore the ABS. */
|
/* If operand is something known to be positive, ignore the ABS. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == FFS || GET_CODE (op) == ABS
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == FFS || GET_CODE (op) == ABS
|
|| ((GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op))
|
|| ((GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op))
|
<= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
<= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
&& ((nonzero_bits (op, GET_MODE (op))
|
&& ((nonzero_bits (op, GET_MODE (op))
|
& ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
|
& ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
|
<< (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op)) - 1)))
|
<< (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (op)) - 1)))
|
== 0)))
|
== 0)))
|
return op;
|
return op;
|
|
|
/* If operand is known to be only -1 or 0, convert ABS to NEG. */
|
/* If operand is known to be only -1 or 0, convert ABS to NEG. */
|
if (num_sign_bit_copies (op, mode) == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
|
if (num_sign_bit_copies (op, mode) == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
|
return gen_rtx_NEG (mode, op);
|
return gen_rtx_NEG (mode, op);
|
|
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case FFS:
|
case FFS:
|
/* (ffs (*_extend <X>)) = (ffs <X>) */
|
/* (ffs (*_extend <X>)) = (ffs <X>) */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SIGN_EXTEND
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SIGN_EXTEND
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == ZERO_EXTEND)
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == ZERO_EXTEND)
|
return simplify_gen_unary (FFS, mode, XEXP (op, 0),
|
return simplify_gen_unary (FFS, mode, XEXP (op, 0),
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case POPCOUNT:
|
case POPCOUNT:
|
case PARITY:
|
case PARITY:
|
/* (pop* (zero_extend <X>)) = (pop* <X>) */
|
/* (pop* (zero_extend <X>)) = (pop* <X>) */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == ZERO_EXTEND)
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == ZERO_EXTEND)
|
return simplify_gen_unary (code, mode, XEXP (op, 0),
|
return simplify_gen_unary (code, mode, XEXP (op, 0),
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case FLOAT:
|
case FLOAT:
|
/* (float (sign_extend <X>)) = (float <X>). */
|
/* (float (sign_extend <X>)) = (float <X>). */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SIGN_EXTEND)
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SIGN_EXTEND)
|
return simplify_gen_unary (FLOAT, mode, XEXP (op, 0),
|
return simplify_gen_unary (FLOAT, mode, XEXP (op, 0),
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case SIGN_EXTEND:
|
case SIGN_EXTEND:
|
/* (sign_extend (truncate (minus (label_ref L1) (label_ref L2))))
|
/* (sign_extend (truncate (minus (label_ref L1) (label_ref L2))))
|
becomes just the MINUS if its mode is MODE. This allows
|
becomes just the MINUS if its mode is MODE. This allows
|
folding switch statements on machines using casesi (such as
|
folding switch statements on machines using casesi (such as
|
the VAX). */
|
the VAX). */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == TRUNCATE
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == TRUNCATE
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == mode
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == mode
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == MINUS
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == MINUS
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == LABEL_REF
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 1)) == LABEL_REF)
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 1)) == LABEL_REF)
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
|
|
/* Check for a sign extension of a subreg of a promoted
|
/* Check for a sign extension of a subreg of a promoted
|
variable, where the promotion is sign-extended, and the
|
variable, where the promotion is sign-extended, and the
|
target mode is the same as the variable's promotion. */
|
target mode is the same as the variable's promotion. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
&& SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op)
|
&& SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op)
|
&& ! SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (op)
|
&& ! SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (op)
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == mode)
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == mode)
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
|
|
#if defined(POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED) && !defined(HAVE_ptr_extend)
|
#if defined(POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED) && !defined(HAVE_ptr_extend)
|
if (! POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
|
if (! POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
|
&& mode == Pmode && GET_MODE (op) == ptr_mode
|
&& mode == Pmode && GET_MODE (op) == ptr_mode
|
&& (CONSTANT_P (op)
|
&& (CONSTANT_P (op)
|
|| (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
|| (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
&& REG_P (SUBREG_REG (op))
|
&& REG_P (SUBREG_REG (op))
|
&& REG_POINTER (SUBREG_REG (op))
|
&& REG_POINTER (SUBREG_REG (op))
|
&& GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) == Pmode)))
|
&& GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) == Pmode)))
|
return convert_memory_address (Pmode, op);
|
return convert_memory_address (Pmode, op);
|
#endif
|
#endif
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case ZERO_EXTEND:
|
case ZERO_EXTEND:
|
/* Check for a zero extension of a subreg of a promoted
|
/* Check for a zero extension of a subreg of a promoted
|
variable, where the promotion is zero-extended, and the
|
variable, where the promotion is zero-extended, and the
|
target mode is the same as the variable's promotion. */
|
target mode is the same as the variable's promotion. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
&& SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op)
|
&& SUBREG_PROMOTED_VAR_P (op)
|
&& SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (op) > 0
|
&& SUBREG_PROMOTED_UNSIGNED_P (op) > 0
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == mode)
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == mode)
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
|
|
#if defined(POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED) && !defined(HAVE_ptr_extend)
|
#if defined(POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED) && !defined(HAVE_ptr_extend)
|
if (POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED > 0
|
if (POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED > 0
|
&& mode == Pmode && GET_MODE (op) == ptr_mode
|
&& mode == Pmode && GET_MODE (op) == ptr_mode
|
&& (CONSTANT_P (op)
|
&& (CONSTANT_P (op)
|
|| (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
|| (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
&& REG_P (SUBREG_REG (op))
|
&& REG_P (SUBREG_REG (op))
|
&& REG_POINTER (SUBREG_REG (op))
|
&& REG_POINTER (SUBREG_REG (op))
|
&& GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) == Pmode)))
|
&& GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op)) == Pmode)))
|
return convert_memory_address (Pmode, op);
|
return convert_memory_address (Pmode, op);
|
#endif
|
#endif
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Try to compute the value of a unary operation CODE whose output mode is to
|
/* Try to compute the value of a unary operation CODE whose output mode is to
|
be MODE with input operand OP whose mode was originally OP_MODE.
|
be MODE with input operand OP whose mode was originally OP_MODE.
|
Return zero if the value cannot be computed. */
|
Return zero if the value cannot be computed. */
|
rtx
|
rtx
|
simplify_const_unary_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
simplify_const_unary_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
rtx op, enum machine_mode op_mode)
|
rtx op, enum machine_mode op_mode)
|
{
|
{
|
unsigned int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
unsigned int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
|
|
if (code == VEC_DUPLICATE)
|
if (code == VEC_DUPLICATE)
|
{
|
{
|
gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode));
|
gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode));
|
if (GET_MODE (op) != VOIDmode)
|
if (GET_MODE (op) != VOIDmode)
|
{
|
{
|
if (!VECTOR_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op)))
|
if (!VECTOR_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op)))
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode) == GET_MODE (op));
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode) == GET_MODE (op));
|
else
|
else
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode) == GET_MODE_INNER
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode) == GET_MODE_INNER
|
(GET_MODE (op)));
|
(GET_MODE (op)));
|
}
|
}
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT || GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
{
|
{
|
int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
unsigned n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / elt_size);
|
unsigned n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / elt_size);
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
unsigned int i;
|
unsigned int i;
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_VECTOR)
|
if (GET_CODE (op) != CONST_VECTOR)
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = op;
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = op;
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
enum machine_mode inmode = GET_MODE (op);
|
enum machine_mode inmode = GET_MODE (op);
|
int in_elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (inmode));
|
int in_elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (inmode));
|
unsigned in_n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) / in_elt_size);
|
unsigned in_n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) / in_elt_size);
|
|
|
gcc_assert (in_n_elts < n_elts);
|
gcc_assert (in_n_elts < n_elts);
|
gcc_assert ((n_elts % in_n_elts) == 0);
|
gcc_assert ((n_elts % in_n_elts) == 0);
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op, i % in_n_elts);
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op, i % in_n_elts);
|
}
|
}
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode) && GET_CODE (op) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode) && GET_CODE (op) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
{
|
{
|
int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
unsigned n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / elt_size);
|
unsigned n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / elt_size);
|
enum machine_mode opmode = GET_MODE (op);
|
enum machine_mode opmode = GET_MODE (op);
|
int op_elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (opmode));
|
int op_elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (opmode));
|
unsigned op_n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (opmode) / op_elt_size);
|
unsigned op_n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (opmode) / op_elt_size);
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
unsigned int i;
|
unsigned int i;
|
|
|
gcc_assert (op_n_elts == n_elts);
|
gcc_assert (op_n_elts == n_elts);
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx x = simplify_unary_operation (code, GET_MODE_INNER (mode),
|
rtx x = simplify_unary_operation (code, GET_MODE_INNER (mode),
|
CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op, i),
|
CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op, i),
|
GET_MODE_INNER (opmode));
|
GET_MODE_INNER (opmode));
|
if (!x)
|
if (!x)
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = x;
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = x;
|
}
|
}
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* The order of these tests is critical so that, for example, we don't
|
/* The order of these tests is critical so that, for example, we don't
|
check the wrong mode (input vs. output) for a conversion operation,
|
check the wrong mode (input vs. output) for a conversion operation,
|
such as FIX. At some point, this should be simplified. */
|
such as FIX. At some point, this should be simplified. */
|
|
|
if (code == FLOAT && GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode
|
if (code == FLOAT && GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode
|
&& (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE || GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT))
|
&& (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE || GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT))
|
{
|
{
|
HOST_WIDE_INT hv, lv;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT hv, lv;
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d;
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d;
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT)
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT)
|
lv = INTVAL (op), hv = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (lv);
|
lv = INTVAL (op), hv = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (lv);
|
else
|
else
|
lv = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op), hv = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op);
|
lv = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op), hv = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op);
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_INT (d, lv, hv, mode);
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_INT (d, lv, hv, mode);
|
d = real_value_truncate (mode, d);
|
d = real_value_truncate (mode, d);
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (d, mode);
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (d, mode);
|
}
|
}
|
else if (code == UNSIGNED_FLOAT && GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode
|
else if (code == UNSIGNED_FLOAT && GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode
|
&& (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
&& (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT))
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT))
|
{
|
{
|
HOST_WIDE_INT hv, lv;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT hv, lv;
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d;
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d;
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT)
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT)
|
lv = INTVAL (op), hv = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (lv);
|
lv = INTVAL (op), hv = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (lv);
|
else
|
else
|
lv = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op), hv = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op);
|
lv = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op), hv = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op);
|
|
|
if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
|
if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
|
{
|
{
|
/* We don't know how to interpret negative-looking numbers in
|
/* We don't know how to interpret negative-looking numbers in
|
this case, so don't try to fold those. */
|
this case, so don't try to fold those. */
|
if (hv < 0)
|
if (hv < 0)
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
}
|
}
|
else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT * 2)
|
else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT * 2)
|
;
|
;
|
else
|
else
|
hv = 0, lv &= GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
|
hv = 0, lv &= GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_UNSIGNED_INT (d, lv, hv, mode);
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_UNSIGNED_INT (d, lv, hv, mode);
|
d = real_value_truncate (mode, d);
|
d = real_value_truncate (mode, d);
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (d, mode);
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (d, mode);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
|
&& width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT && width > 0)
|
&& width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT && width > 0)
|
{
|
{
|
HOST_WIDE_INT arg0 = INTVAL (op);
|
HOST_WIDE_INT arg0 = INTVAL (op);
|
HOST_WIDE_INT val;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT val;
|
|
|
switch (code)
|
switch (code)
|
{
|
{
|
case NOT:
|
case NOT:
|
val = ~ arg0;
|
val = ~ arg0;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case NEG:
|
case NEG:
|
val = - arg0;
|
val = - arg0;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case ABS:
|
case ABS:
|
val = (arg0 >= 0 ? arg0 : - arg0);
|
val = (arg0 >= 0 ? arg0 : - arg0);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case FFS:
|
case FFS:
|
/* Don't use ffs here. Instead, get low order bit and then its
|
/* Don't use ffs here. Instead, get low order bit and then its
|
number. If arg0 is zero, this will return 0, as desired. */
|
number. If arg0 is zero, this will return 0, as desired. */
|
arg0 &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
arg0 &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
val = exact_log2 (arg0 & (- arg0)) + 1;
|
val = exact_log2 (arg0 & (- arg0)) + 1;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case CLZ:
|
case CLZ:
|
arg0 &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
arg0 &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
if (arg0 == 0 && CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, val))
|
if (arg0 == 0 && CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, val))
|
;
|
;
|
else
|
else
|
val = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - floor_log2 (arg0) - 1;
|
val = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - floor_log2 (arg0) - 1;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case CTZ:
|
case CTZ:
|
arg0 &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
arg0 &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
if (arg0 == 0)
|
if (arg0 == 0)
|
{
|
{
|
/* Even if the value at zero is undefined, we have to come
|
/* Even if the value at zero is undefined, we have to come
|
up with some replacement. Seems good enough. */
|
up with some replacement. Seems good enough. */
|
if (! CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, val))
|
if (! CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, val))
|
val = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
val = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
val = exact_log2 (arg0 & -arg0);
|
val = exact_log2 (arg0 & -arg0);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case POPCOUNT:
|
case POPCOUNT:
|
arg0 &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
arg0 &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
val = 0;
|
val = 0;
|
while (arg0)
|
while (arg0)
|
val++, arg0 &= arg0 - 1;
|
val++, arg0 &= arg0 - 1;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case PARITY:
|
case PARITY:
|
arg0 &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
arg0 &= GET_MODE_MASK (mode);
|
val = 0;
|
val = 0;
|
while (arg0)
|
while (arg0)
|
val++, arg0 &= arg0 - 1;
|
val++, arg0 &= arg0 - 1;
|
val &= 1;
|
val &= 1;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case TRUNCATE:
|
case TRUNCATE:
|
val = arg0;
|
val = arg0;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case ZERO_EXTEND:
|
case ZERO_EXTEND:
|
/* When zero-extending a CONST_INT, we need to know its
|
/* When zero-extending a CONST_INT, we need to know its
|
original mode. */
|
original mode. */
|
gcc_assert (op_mode != VOIDmode);
|
gcc_assert (op_mode != VOIDmode);
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
/* If we were really extending the mode,
|
/* If we were really extending the mode,
|
we would have to distinguish between zero-extension
|
we would have to distinguish between zero-extension
|
and sign-extension. */
|
and sign-extension. */
|
gcc_assert (width == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode));
|
gcc_assert (width == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode));
|
val = arg0;
|
val = arg0;
|
}
|
}
|
else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
val = arg0 & ~((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode));
|
val = arg0 & ~((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode));
|
else
|
else
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case SIGN_EXTEND:
|
case SIGN_EXTEND:
|
if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
|
if (op_mode == VOIDmode)
|
op_mode = mode;
|
op_mode = mode;
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
/* If we were really extending the mode,
|
/* If we were really extending the mode,
|
we would have to distinguish between zero-extension
|
we would have to distinguish between zero-extension
|
and sign-extension. */
|
and sign-extension. */
|
gcc_assert (width == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode));
|
gcc_assert (width == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode));
|
val = arg0;
|
val = arg0;
|
}
|
}
|
else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
else if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
val
|
val
|
= arg0 & ~((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode));
|
= arg0 & ~((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode));
|
if (val
|
if (val
|
& ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) - 1)))
|
& ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) - 1)))
|
val -= (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode);
|
val -= (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case SQRT:
|
case SQRT:
|
case FLOAT_EXTEND:
|
case FLOAT_EXTEND:
|
case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
|
case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
|
case SS_TRUNCATE:
|
case SS_TRUNCATE:
|
case US_TRUNCATE:
|
case US_TRUNCATE:
|
case SS_NEG:
|
case SS_NEG:
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return gen_int_mode (val, mode);
|
return gen_int_mode (val, mode);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* We can do some operations on integer CONST_DOUBLEs. Also allow
|
/* We can do some operations on integer CONST_DOUBLEs. Also allow
|
for a DImode operation on a CONST_INT. */
|
for a DImode operation on a CONST_INT. */
|
else if (GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode
|
else if (GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode
|
&& width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT * 2
|
&& width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT * 2
|
&& (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
&& (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT))
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT))
|
{
|
{
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT l1, lv;
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT l1, lv;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT h1, hv;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT h1, hv;
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
l1 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op), h1 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op);
|
l1 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op), h1 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op);
|
else
|
else
|
l1 = INTVAL (op), h1 = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (l1);
|
l1 = INTVAL (op), h1 = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (l1);
|
|
|
switch (code)
|
switch (code)
|
{
|
{
|
case NOT:
|
case NOT:
|
lv = ~ l1;
|
lv = ~ l1;
|
hv = ~ h1;
|
hv = ~ h1;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case NEG:
|
case NEG:
|
neg_double (l1, h1, &lv, &hv);
|
neg_double (l1, h1, &lv, &hv);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case ABS:
|
case ABS:
|
if (h1 < 0)
|
if (h1 < 0)
|
neg_double (l1, h1, &lv, &hv);
|
neg_double (l1, h1, &lv, &hv);
|
else
|
else
|
lv = l1, hv = h1;
|
lv = l1, hv = h1;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case FFS:
|
case FFS:
|
hv = 0;
|
hv = 0;
|
if (l1 == 0)
|
if (l1 == 0)
|
{
|
{
|
if (h1 == 0)
|
if (h1 == 0)
|
lv = 0;
|
lv = 0;
|
else
|
else
|
lv = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT + exact_log2 (h1 & -h1) + 1;
|
lv = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT + exact_log2 (h1 & -h1) + 1;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
lv = exact_log2 (l1 & -l1) + 1;
|
lv = exact_log2 (l1 & -l1) + 1;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case CLZ:
|
case CLZ:
|
hv = 0;
|
hv = 0;
|
if (h1 != 0)
|
if (h1 != 0)
|
lv = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - floor_log2 (h1) - 1
|
lv = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - floor_log2 (h1) - 1
|
- HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
|
- HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
|
else if (l1 != 0)
|
else if (l1 != 0)
|
lv = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - floor_log2 (l1) - 1;
|
lv = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - floor_log2 (l1) - 1;
|
else if (! CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, lv))
|
else if (! CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, lv))
|
lv = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
lv = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case CTZ:
|
case CTZ:
|
hv = 0;
|
hv = 0;
|
if (l1 != 0)
|
if (l1 != 0)
|
lv = exact_log2 (l1 & -l1);
|
lv = exact_log2 (l1 & -l1);
|
else if (h1 != 0)
|
else if (h1 != 0)
|
lv = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT + exact_log2 (h1 & -h1);
|
lv = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT + exact_log2 (h1 & -h1);
|
else if (! CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, lv))
|
else if (! CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (mode, lv))
|
lv = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
lv = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case POPCOUNT:
|
case POPCOUNT:
|
hv = 0;
|
hv = 0;
|
lv = 0;
|
lv = 0;
|
while (l1)
|
while (l1)
|
lv++, l1 &= l1 - 1;
|
lv++, l1 &= l1 - 1;
|
while (h1)
|
while (h1)
|
lv++, h1 &= h1 - 1;
|
lv++, h1 &= h1 - 1;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case PARITY:
|
case PARITY:
|
hv = 0;
|
hv = 0;
|
lv = 0;
|
lv = 0;
|
while (l1)
|
while (l1)
|
lv++, l1 &= l1 - 1;
|
lv++, l1 &= l1 - 1;
|
while (h1)
|
while (h1)
|
lv++, h1 &= h1 - 1;
|
lv++, h1 &= h1 - 1;
|
lv &= 1;
|
lv &= 1;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case TRUNCATE:
|
case TRUNCATE:
|
/* This is just a change-of-mode, so do nothing. */
|
/* This is just a change-of-mode, so do nothing. */
|
lv = l1, hv = h1;
|
lv = l1, hv = h1;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case ZERO_EXTEND:
|
case ZERO_EXTEND:
|
gcc_assert (op_mode != VOIDmode);
|
gcc_assert (op_mode != VOIDmode);
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
hv = 0;
|
hv = 0;
|
lv = l1 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
|
lv = l1 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case SIGN_EXTEND:
|
case SIGN_EXTEND:
|
if (op_mode == VOIDmode
|
if (op_mode == VOIDmode
|
|| GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
|| GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
lv = l1 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
|
lv = l1 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode);
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
&& (lv & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
|
&& (lv & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
|
<< (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) - 1))) != 0)
|
<< (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode) - 1))) != 0)
|
lv -= (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode);
|
lv -= (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op_mode);
|
|
|
hv = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (lv);
|
hv = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (lv);
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case SQRT:
|
case SQRT:
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return immed_double_const (lv, hv, mode);
|
return immed_double_const (lv, hv, mode);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
else if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
&& SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
|
&& SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
|
{
|
{
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d, t;
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d, t;
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d, op);
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d, op);
|
|
|
switch (code)
|
switch (code)
|
{
|
{
|
case SQRT:
|
case SQRT:
|
if (HONOR_SNANS (mode) && real_isnan (&d))
|
if (HONOR_SNANS (mode) && real_isnan (&d))
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
real_sqrt (&t, mode, &d);
|
real_sqrt (&t, mode, &d);
|
d = t;
|
d = t;
|
break;
|
break;
|
case ABS:
|
case ABS:
|
d = REAL_VALUE_ABS (d);
|
d = REAL_VALUE_ABS (d);
|
break;
|
break;
|
case NEG:
|
case NEG:
|
d = REAL_VALUE_NEGATE (d);
|
d = REAL_VALUE_NEGATE (d);
|
break;
|
break;
|
case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
|
case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
|
d = real_value_truncate (mode, d);
|
d = real_value_truncate (mode, d);
|
break;
|
break;
|
case FLOAT_EXTEND:
|
case FLOAT_EXTEND:
|
/* All this does is change the mode. */
|
/* All this does is change the mode. */
|
break;
|
break;
|
case FIX:
|
case FIX:
|
real_arithmetic (&d, FIX_TRUNC_EXPR, &d, NULL);
|
real_arithmetic (&d, FIX_TRUNC_EXPR, &d, NULL);
|
break;
|
break;
|
case NOT:
|
case NOT:
|
{
|
{
|
long tmp[4];
|
long tmp[4];
|
int i;
|
int i;
|
|
|
real_to_target (tmp, &d, GET_MODE (op));
|
real_to_target (tmp, &d, GET_MODE (op));
|
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
|
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
|
tmp[i] = ~tmp[i];
|
tmp[i] = ~tmp[i];
|
real_from_target (&d, tmp, mode);
|
real_from_target (&d, tmp, mode);
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
default:
|
default:
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
}
|
}
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (d, mode);
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (d, mode);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
else if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
&& SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op))
|
&& SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op))
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
|
&& width <= 2*HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT && width > 0)
|
&& width <= 2*HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT && width > 0)
|
{
|
{
|
/* Although the overflow semantics of RTL's FIX and UNSIGNED_FIX
|
/* Although the overflow semantics of RTL's FIX and UNSIGNED_FIX
|
operators are intentionally left unspecified (to ease implementation
|
operators are intentionally left unspecified (to ease implementation
|
by target backends), for consistency, this routine implements the
|
by target backends), for consistency, this routine implements the
|
same semantics for constant folding as used by the middle-end. */
|
same semantics for constant folding as used by the middle-end. */
|
|
|
/* This was formerly used only for non-IEEE float.
|
/* This was formerly used only for non-IEEE float.
|
eggert@twinsun.com says it is safe for IEEE also. */
|
eggert@twinsun.com says it is safe for IEEE also. */
|
HOST_WIDE_INT xh, xl, th, tl;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT xh, xl, th, tl;
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE x, t;
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE x, t;
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (x, op);
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (x, op);
|
switch (code)
|
switch (code)
|
{
|
{
|
case FIX:
|
case FIX:
|
if (REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (x))
|
if (REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (x))
|
return const0_rtx;
|
return const0_rtx;
|
|
|
/* Test against the signed upper bound. */
|
/* Test against the signed upper bound. */
|
if (width > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
if (width > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
th = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
|
th = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
|
<< (width - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1)) - 1;
|
<< (width - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1)) - 1;
|
tl = -1;
|
tl = -1;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
th = 0;
|
th = 0;
|
tl = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1)) - 1;
|
tl = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1)) - 1;
|
}
|
}
|
real_from_integer (&t, VOIDmode, tl, th, 0);
|
real_from_integer (&t, VOIDmode, tl, th, 0);
|
if (REAL_VALUES_LESS (t, x))
|
if (REAL_VALUES_LESS (t, x))
|
{
|
{
|
xh = th;
|
xh = th;
|
xl = tl;
|
xl = tl;
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Test against the signed lower bound. */
|
/* Test against the signed lower bound. */
|
if (width > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
if (width > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
th = (HOST_WIDE_INT) -1 << (width - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1);
|
th = (HOST_WIDE_INT) -1 << (width - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1);
|
tl = 0;
|
tl = 0;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
th = -1;
|
th = -1;
|
tl = (HOST_WIDE_INT) -1 << (width - 1);
|
tl = (HOST_WIDE_INT) -1 << (width - 1);
|
}
|
}
|
real_from_integer (&t, VOIDmode, tl, th, 0);
|
real_from_integer (&t, VOIDmode, tl, th, 0);
|
if (REAL_VALUES_LESS (x, t))
|
if (REAL_VALUES_LESS (x, t))
|
{
|
{
|
xh = th;
|
xh = th;
|
xl = tl;
|
xl = tl;
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
REAL_VALUE_TO_INT (&xl, &xh, x);
|
REAL_VALUE_TO_INT (&xl, &xh, x);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case UNSIGNED_FIX:
|
case UNSIGNED_FIX:
|
if (REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (x) || REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (x))
|
if (REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (x) || REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (x))
|
return const0_rtx;
|
return const0_rtx;
|
|
|
/* Test against the unsigned upper bound. */
|
/* Test against the unsigned upper bound. */
|
if (width == 2*HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
if (width == 2*HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
th = -1;
|
th = -1;
|
tl = -1;
|
tl = -1;
|
}
|
}
|
else if (width >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
else if (width >= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
th = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
|
th = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
|
<< (width - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)) - 1;
|
<< (width - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)) - 1;
|
tl = -1;
|
tl = -1;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
th = 0;
|
th = 0;
|
tl = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1;
|
tl = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1;
|
}
|
}
|
real_from_integer (&t, VOIDmode, tl, th, 1);
|
real_from_integer (&t, VOIDmode, tl, th, 1);
|
if (REAL_VALUES_LESS (t, x))
|
if (REAL_VALUES_LESS (t, x))
|
{
|
{
|
xh = th;
|
xh = th;
|
xl = tl;
|
xl = tl;
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TO_INT (&xl, &xh, x);
|
REAL_VALUE_TO_INT (&xl, &xh, x);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
}
|
}
|
return immed_double_const (xl, xh, mode);
|
return immed_double_const (xl, xh, mode);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Subroutine of simplify_binary_operation to simplify a commutative,
|
/* Subroutine of simplify_binary_operation to simplify a commutative,
|
associative binary operation CODE with result mode MODE, operating
|
associative binary operation CODE with result mode MODE, operating
|
on OP0 and OP1. CODE is currently one of PLUS, MULT, AND, IOR, XOR,
|
on OP0 and OP1. CODE is currently one of PLUS, MULT, AND, IOR, XOR,
|
SMIN, SMAX, UMIN or UMAX. Return zero if no simplification or
|
SMIN, SMAX, UMIN or UMAX. Return zero if no simplification or
|
canonicalization is possible. */
|
canonicalization is possible. */
|
|
|
static rtx
|
static rtx
|
simplify_associative_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
simplify_associative_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx tem;
|
rtx tem;
|
|
|
/* Linearize the operator to the left. */
|
/* Linearize the operator to the left. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == code)
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == code)
|
{
|
{
|
/* "(a op b) op (c op d)" becomes "((a op b) op c) op d)". */
|
/* "(a op b) op (c op d)" becomes "((a op b) op c) op d)". */
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == code)
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == code)
|
{
|
{
|
tem = simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, op0, XEXP (op1, 0));
|
tem = simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, op0, XEXP (op1, 0));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, tem, XEXP (op1, 1));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, tem, XEXP (op1, 1));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* "a op (b op c)" becomes "(b op c) op a". */
|
/* "a op (b op c)" becomes "(b op c) op a". */
|
if (! swap_commutative_operands_p (op1, op0))
|
if (! swap_commutative_operands_p (op1, op0))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, op1, op0);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, op1, op0);
|
|
|
tem = op0;
|
tem = op0;
|
op0 = op1;
|
op0 = op1;
|
op1 = tem;
|
op1 = tem;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == code)
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == code)
|
{
|
{
|
/* Canonicalize "(x op c) op y" as "(x op y) op c". */
|
/* Canonicalize "(x op c) op y" as "(x op y) op c". */
|
if (swap_commutative_operands_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1))
|
if (swap_commutative_operands_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1))
|
{
|
{
|
tem = simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), op1);
|
tem = simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), op1);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, tem, XEXP (op0, 1));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, tem, XEXP (op0, 1));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Attempt to simplify "(a op b) op c" as "a op (b op c)". */
|
/* Attempt to simplify "(a op b) op c" as "a op (b op c)". */
|
tem = swap_commutative_operands_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1)
|
tem = swap_commutative_operands_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1)
|
? simplify_binary_operation (code, mode, op1, XEXP (op0, 1))
|
? simplify_binary_operation (code, mode, op1, XEXP (op0, 1))
|
: simplify_binary_operation (code, mode, XEXP (op0, 1), op1);
|
: simplify_binary_operation (code, mode, XEXP (op0, 1), op1);
|
if (tem != 0)
|
if (tem != 0)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), tem);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), tem);
|
|
|
/* Attempt to simplify "(a op b) op c" as "(a op c) op b". */
|
/* Attempt to simplify "(a op b) op c" as "(a op c) op b". */
|
tem = swap_commutative_operands_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
tem = swap_commutative_operands_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
? simplify_binary_operation (code, mode, op1, XEXP (op0, 0))
|
? simplify_binary_operation (code, mode, op1, XEXP (op0, 0))
|
: simplify_binary_operation (code, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), op1);
|
: simplify_binary_operation (code, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), op1);
|
if (tem != 0)
|
if (tem != 0)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, tem, XEXP (op0, 1));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, tem, XEXP (op0, 1));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Simplify a binary operation CODE with result mode MODE, operating on OP0
|
/* Simplify a binary operation CODE with result mode MODE, operating on OP0
|
and OP1. Return 0 if no simplification is possible.
|
and OP1. Return 0 if no simplification is possible.
|
|
|
Don't use this for relational operations such as EQ or LT.
|
Don't use this for relational operations such as EQ or LT.
|
Use simplify_relational_operation instead. */
|
Use simplify_relational_operation instead. */
|
rtx
|
rtx
|
simplify_binary_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
simplify_binary_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx trueop0, trueop1;
|
rtx trueop0, trueop1;
|
rtx tem;
|
rtx tem;
|
|
|
/* Relational operations don't work here. We must know the mode
|
/* Relational operations don't work here. We must know the mode
|
of the operands in order to do the comparison correctly.
|
of the operands in order to do the comparison correctly.
|
Assuming a full word can give incorrect results.
|
Assuming a full word can give incorrect results.
|
Consider comparing 128 with -128 in QImode. */
|
Consider comparing 128 with -128 in QImode. */
|
gcc_assert (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != RTX_COMPARE);
|
gcc_assert (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != RTX_COMPARE);
|
gcc_assert (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != RTX_COMM_COMPARE);
|
gcc_assert (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) != RTX_COMM_COMPARE);
|
|
|
/* Make sure the constant is second. */
|
/* Make sure the constant is second. */
|
if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == RTX_COMM_ARITH
|
if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == RTX_COMM_ARITH
|
&& swap_commutative_operands_p (op0, op1))
|
&& swap_commutative_operands_p (op0, op1))
|
{
|
{
|
tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem;
|
tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
trueop0 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op0);
|
trueop0 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op0);
|
trueop1 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op1);
|
trueop1 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op1);
|
|
|
tem = simplify_const_binary_operation (code, mode, trueop0, trueop1);
|
tem = simplify_const_binary_operation (code, mode, trueop0, trueop1);
|
if (tem)
|
if (tem)
|
return tem;
|
return tem;
|
return simplify_binary_operation_1 (code, mode, op0, op1, trueop0, trueop1);
|
return simplify_binary_operation_1 (code, mode, op0, op1, trueop0, trueop1);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Subroutine of simplify_binary_operation. Simplify a binary operation
|
/* Subroutine of simplify_binary_operation. Simplify a binary operation
|
CODE with result mode MODE, operating on OP0 and OP1. If OP0 and/or
|
CODE with result mode MODE, operating on OP0 and OP1. If OP0 and/or
|
OP1 are constant pool references, TRUEOP0 and TRUEOP1 represent the
|
OP1 are constant pool references, TRUEOP0 and TRUEOP1 represent the
|
actual constants. */
|
actual constants. */
|
|
|
static rtx
|
static rtx
|
simplify_binary_operation_1 (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
simplify_binary_operation_1 (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx trueop0, rtx trueop1)
|
rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx trueop0, rtx trueop1)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx tem, reversed, opleft, opright;
|
rtx tem, reversed, opleft, opright;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT val;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT val;
|
unsigned int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
unsigned int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
|
|
/* Even if we can't compute a constant result,
|
/* Even if we can't compute a constant result,
|
there are some cases worth simplifying. */
|
there are some cases worth simplifying. */
|
|
|
switch (code)
|
switch (code)
|
{
|
{
|
case PLUS:
|
case PLUS:
|
/* Maybe simplify x + 0 to x. The two expressions are equivalent
|
/* Maybe simplify x + 0 to x. The two expressions are equivalent
|
when x is NaN, infinite, or finite and nonzero. They aren't
|
when x is NaN, infinite, or finite and nonzero. They aren't
|
when x is -0 and the rounding mode is not towards -infinity,
|
when x is -0 and the rounding mode is not towards -infinity,
|
since (-0) + 0 is then 0. */
|
since (-0) + 0 is then 0. */
|
if (!HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode) && trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
if (!HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode) && trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
|
|
/* ((-a) + b) -> (b - a) and similarly for (a + (-b)). These
|
/* ((-a) + b) -> (b - a) and similarly for (a + (-b)). These
|
transformations are safe even for IEEE. */
|
transformations are safe even for IEEE. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == NEG)
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == NEG)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, op1, XEXP (op0, 0));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, op1, XEXP (op0, 0));
|
else if (GET_CODE (op1) == NEG)
|
else if (GET_CODE (op1) == NEG)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, op0, XEXP (op1, 0));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, op0, XEXP (op1, 0));
|
|
|
/* (~a) + 1 -> -a */
|
/* (~a) + 1 -> -a */
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == NOT
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == NOT
|
&& trueop1 == const1_rtx)
|
&& trueop1 == const1_rtx)
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), mode);
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), mode);
|
|
|
/* Handle both-operands-constant cases. We can only add
|
/* Handle both-operands-constant cases. We can only add
|
CONST_INTs to constants since the sum of relocatable symbols
|
CONST_INTs to constants since the sum of relocatable symbols
|
can't be handled by most assemblers. Don't add CONST_INT
|
can't be handled by most assemblers. Don't add CONST_INT
|
to CONST_INT since overflow won't be computed properly if wider
|
to CONST_INT since overflow won't be computed properly if wider
|
than HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
|
than HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT. */
|
|
|
if (CONSTANT_P (op0) && GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode
|
if (CONSTANT_P (op0) && GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
|
return plus_constant (op0, INTVAL (op1));
|
return plus_constant (op0, INTVAL (op1));
|
else if (CONSTANT_P (op1) && GET_MODE (op1) != VOIDmode
|
else if (CONSTANT_P (op1) && GET_MODE (op1) != VOIDmode
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT)
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT)
|
return plus_constant (op1, INTVAL (op0));
|
return plus_constant (op1, INTVAL (op0));
|
|
|
/* See if this is something like X * C - X or vice versa or
|
/* See if this is something like X * C - X or vice versa or
|
if the multiplication is written as a shift. If so, we can
|
if the multiplication is written as a shift. If so, we can
|
distribute and make a new multiply, shift, or maybe just
|
distribute and make a new multiply, shift, or maybe just
|
have X (if C is 2 in the example above). But don't make
|
have X (if C is 2 in the example above). But don't make
|
something more expensive than we had before. */
|
something more expensive than we had before. */
|
|
|
if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode))
|
if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode))
|
{
|
{
|
HOST_WIDE_INT coeff0h = 0, coeff1h = 0;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT coeff0h = 0, coeff1h = 0;
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT coeff0l = 1, coeff1l = 1;
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT coeff0l = 1, coeff1l = 1;
|
rtx lhs = op0, rhs = op1;
|
rtx lhs = op0, rhs = op1;
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (lhs) == NEG)
|
if (GET_CODE (lhs) == NEG)
|
{
|
{
|
coeff0l = -1;
|
coeff0l = -1;
|
coeff0h = -1;
|
coeff0h = -1;
|
lhs = XEXP (lhs, 0);
|
lhs = XEXP (lhs, 0);
|
}
|
}
|
else if (GET_CODE (lhs) == MULT
|
else if (GET_CODE (lhs) == MULT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (lhs, 1)) == CONST_INT)
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (lhs, 1)) == CONST_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
coeff0l = INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1));
|
coeff0l = INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1));
|
coeff0h = INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1)) < 0 ? -1 : 0;
|
coeff0h = INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1)) < 0 ? -1 : 0;
|
lhs = XEXP (lhs, 0);
|
lhs = XEXP (lhs, 0);
|
}
|
}
|
else if (GET_CODE (lhs) == ASHIFT
|
else if (GET_CODE (lhs) == ASHIFT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (lhs, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (lhs, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1)) >= 0
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1)) >= 0
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
coeff0l = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) << INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1));
|
coeff0l = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) << INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1));
|
coeff0h = 0;
|
coeff0h = 0;
|
lhs = XEXP (lhs, 0);
|
lhs = XEXP (lhs, 0);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (rhs) == NEG)
|
if (GET_CODE (rhs) == NEG)
|
{
|
{
|
coeff1l = -1;
|
coeff1l = -1;
|
coeff1h = -1;
|
coeff1h = -1;
|
rhs = XEXP (rhs, 0);
|
rhs = XEXP (rhs, 0);
|
}
|
}
|
else if (GET_CODE (rhs) == MULT
|
else if (GET_CODE (rhs) == MULT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (rhs, 1)) == CONST_INT)
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (rhs, 1)) == CONST_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
coeff1l = INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1));
|
coeff1l = INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1));
|
coeff1h = INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)) < 0 ? -1 : 0;
|
coeff1h = INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)) < 0 ? -1 : 0;
|
rhs = XEXP (rhs, 0);
|
rhs = XEXP (rhs, 0);
|
}
|
}
|
else if (GET_CODE (rhs) == ASHIFT
|
else if (GET_CODE (rhs) == ASHIFT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (rhs, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (rhs, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)) >= 0
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)) >= 0
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
coeff1l = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) << INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1));
|
coeff1l = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) << INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1));
|
coeff1h = 0;
|
coeff1h = 0;
|
rhs = XEXP (rhs, 0);
|
rhs = XEXP (rhs, 0);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (rtx_equal_p (lhs, rhs))
|
if (rtx_equal_p (lhs, rhs))
|
{
|
{
|
rtx orig = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, op0, op1);
|
rtx orig = gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, op0, op1);
|
rtx coeff;
|
rtx coeff;
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT l;
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT l;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT h;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT h;
|
|
|
add_double (coeff0l, coeff0h, coeff1l, coeff1h, &l, &h);
|
add_double (coeff0l, coeff0h, coeff1l, coeff1h, &l, &h);
|
coeff = immed_double_const (l, h, mode);
|
coeff = immed_double_const (l, h, mode);
|
|
|
tem = simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, lhs, coeff);
|
tem = simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, lhs, coeff);
|
return rtx_cost (tem, SET) <= rtx_cost (orig, SET)
|
return rtx_cost (tem, SET) <= rtx_cost (orig, SET)
|
? tem : 0;
|
? tem : 0;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* (plus (xor X C1) C2) is (xor X (C1^C2)) if C2 is signbit. */
|
/* (plus (xor X C1) C2) is (xor X (C1^C2)) if C2 is signbit. */
|
if ((GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
if ((GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == XOR
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == XOR
|
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
&& mode_signbit_p (mode, op1))
|
&& mode_signbit_p (mode, op1))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
|
return simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
|
simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, op1,
|
simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, op1,
|
XEXP (op0, 1)));
|
XEXP (op0, 1)));
|
|
|
/* Canonicalize (plus (mult (neg B) C) A) to (minus A (mult B C)). */
|
/* Canonicalize (plus (mult (neg B) C) A) to (minus A (mult B C)). */
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == MULT
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == MULT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == NEG)
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == NEG)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx in1, in2;
|
rtx in1, in2;
|
|
|
in1 = XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0);
|
in1 = XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0);
|
in2 = XEXP (op0, 1);
|
in2 = XEXP (op0, 1);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, op1,
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, op1,
|
simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode,
|
simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode,
|
in1, in2));
|
in1, in2));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* (plus (comparison A B) C) can become (neg (rev-comp A B)) if
|
/* (plus (comparison A B) C) can become (neg (rev-comp A B)) if
|
C is 1 and STORE_FLAG_VALUE is -1 or if C is -1 and STORE_FLAG_VALUE
|
C is 1 and STORE_FLAG_VALUE is -1 or if C is -1 and STORE_FLAG_VALUE
|
is 1. */
|
is 1. */
|
if (COMPARISON_P (op0)
|
if (COMPARISON_P (op0)
|
&& ((STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1 && trueop1 == const1_rtx)
|
&& ((STORE_FLAG_VALUE == -1 && trueop1 == const1_rtx)
|
|| (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1 && trueop1 == constm1_rtx))
|
|| (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1 && trueop1 == constm1_rtx))
|
&& (reversed = reversed_comparison (op0, mode)))
|
&& (reversed = reversed_comparison (op0, mode)))
|
return
|
return
|
simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, reversed, mode);
|
simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, reversed, mode);
|
|
|
/* If one of the operands is a PLUS or a MINUS, see if we can
|
/* If one of the operands is a PLUS or a MINUS, see if we can
|
simplify this by the associative law.
|
simplify this by the associative law.
|
Don't use the associative law for floating point.
|
Don't use the associative law for floating point.
|
The inaccuracy makes it nonassociative,
|
The inaccuracy makes it nonassociative,
|
and subtle programs can break if operations are associated. */
|
and subtle programs can break if operations are associated. */
|
|
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
&& (plus_minus_operand_p (op0)
|
&& (plus_minus_operand_p (op0)
|
|| plus_minus_operand_p (op1))
|
|| plus_minus_operand_p (op1))
|
&& (tem = simplify_plus_minus (code, mode, op0, op1)) != 0)
|
&& (tem = simplify_plus_minus (code, mode, op0, op1)) != 0)
|
return tem;
|
return tem;
|
|
|
/* Reassociate floating point addition only when the user
|
/* Reassociate floating point addition only when the user
|
specifies unsafe math optimizations. */
|
specifies unsafe math optimizations. */
|
if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
|
if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
|
&& flag_unsafe_math_optimizations)
|
&& flag_unsafe_math_optimizations)
|
{
|
{
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
if (tem)
|
if (tem)
|
return tem;
|
return tem;
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case COMPARE:
|
case COMPARE:
|
#ifdef HAVE_cc0
|
#ifdef HAVE_cc0
|
/* Convert (compare FOO (const_int 0)) to FOO unless we aren't
|
/* Convert (compare FOO (const_int 0)) to FOO unless we aren't
|
using cc0, in which case we want to leave it as a COMPARE
|
using cc0, in which case we want to leave it as a COMPARE
|
so we can distinguish it from a register-register-copy.
|
so we can distinguish it from a register-register-copy.
|
|
|
In IEEE floating point, x-0 is not the same as x. */
|
In IEEE floating point, x-0 is not the same as x. */
|
|
|
if ((TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT != IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT
|
if ((TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT != IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT
|
|| ! FLOAT_MODE_P (mode) || flag_unsafe_math_optimizations)
|
|| ! FLOAT_MODE_P (mode) || flag_unsafe_math_optimizations)
|
&& trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
&& trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
#endif
|
#endif
|
|
|
/* Convert (compare (gt (flags) 0) (lt (flags) 0)) to (flags). */
|
/* Convert (compare (gt (flags) 0) (lt (flags) 0)) to (flags). */
|
if (((GET_CODE (op0) == GT && GET_CODE (op1) == LT)
|
if (((GET_CODE (op0) == GT && GET_CODE (op1) == LT)
|
|| (GET_CODE (op0) == GTU && GET_CODE (op1) == LTU))
|
|| (GET_CODE (op0) == GTU && GET_CODE (op1) == LTU))
|
&& XEXP (op0, 1) == const0_rtx && XEXP (op1, 1) == const0_rtx)
|
&& XEXP (op0, 1) == const0_rtx && XEXP (op1, 1) == const0_rtx)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx xop00 = XEXP (op0, 0);
|
rtx xop00 = XEXP (op0, 0);
|
rtx xop10 = XEXP (op1, 0);
|
rtx xop10 = XEXP (op1, 0);
|
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_cc0
|
#ifdef HAVE_cc0
|
if (GET_CODE (xop00) == CC0 && GET_CODE (xop10) == CC0)
|
if (GET_CODE (xop00) == CC0 && GET_CODE (xop10) == CC0)
|
#else
|
#else
|
if (REG_P (xop00) && REG_P (xop10)
|
if (REG_P (xop00) && REG_P (xop10)
|
&& GET_MODE (xop00) == GET_MODE (xop10)
|
&& GET_MODE (xop00) == GET_MODE (xop10)
|
&& REGNO (xop00) == REGNO (xop10)
|
&& REGNO (xop00) == REGNO (xop10)
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (xop00)) == MODE_CC
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (xop00)) == MODE_CC
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (xop10)) == MODE_CC)
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (xop10)) == MODE_CC)
|
#endif
|
#endif
|
return xop00;
|
return xop00;
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case MINUS:
|
case MINUS:
|
/* We can't assume x-x is 0 even with non-IEEE floating point,
|
/* We can't assume x-x is 0 even with non-IEEE floating point,
|
but since it is zero except in very strange circumstances, we
|
but since it is zero except in very strange circumstances, we
|
will treat it as zero with -funsafe-math-optimizations. */
|
will treat it as zero with -funsafe-math-optimizations. */
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1)
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1)
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
&& (! FLOAT_MODE_P (mode) || flag_unsafe_math_optimizations))
|
&& (! FLOAT_MODE_P (mode) || flag_unsafe_math_optimizations))
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
|
|
/* Change subtraction from zero into negation. (0 - x) is the
|
/* Change subtraction from zero into negation. (0 - x) is the
|
same as -x when x is NaN, infinite, or finite and nonzero.
|
same as -x when x is NaN, infinite, or finite and nonzero.
|
But if the mode has signed zeros, and does not round towards
|
But if the mode has signed zeros, and does not round towards
|
-infinity, then 0 - 0 is 0, not -0. */
|
-infinity, then 0 - 0 is 0, not -0. */
|
if (!HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode) && trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
if (!HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode) && trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, op1, mode);
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, op1, mode);
|
|
|
/* (-1 - a) is ~a. */
|
/* (-1 - a) is ~a. */
|
if (trueop0 == constm1_rtx)
|
if (trueop0 == constm1_rtx)
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, op1, mode);
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, op1, mode);
|
|
|
/* Subtracting 0 has no effect unless the mode has signed zeros
|
/* Subtracting 0 has no effect unless the mode has signed zeros
|
and supports rounding towards -infinity. In such a case,
|
and supports rounding towards -infinity. In such a case,
|
0 - 0 is -0. */
|
0 - 0 is -0. */
|
if (!(HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
if (!(HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
&& HONOR_SIGN_DEPENDENT_ROUNDING (mode))
|
&& HONOR_SIGN_DEPENDENT_ROUNDING (mode))
|
&& trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
&& trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
|
|
/* See if this is something like X * C - X or vice versa or
|
/* See if this is something like X * C - X or vice versa or
|
if the multiplication is written as a shift. If so, we can
|
if the multiplication is written as a shift. If so, we can
|
distribute and make a new multiply, shift, or maybe just
|
distribute and make a new multiply, shift, or maybe just
|
have X (if C is 2 in the example above). But don't make
|
have X (if C is 2 in the example above). But don't make
|
something more expensive than we had before. */
|
something more expensive than we had before. */
|
|
|
if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode))
|
if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode))
|
{
|
{
|
HOST_WIDE_INT coeff0h = 0, negcoeff1h = -1;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT coeff0h = 0, negcoeff1h = -1;
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT coeff0l = 1, negcoeff1l = -1;
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT coeff0l = 1, negcoeff1l = -1;
|
rtx lhs = op0, rhs = op1;
|
rtx lhs = op0, rhs = op1;
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (lhs) == NEG)
|
if (GET_CODE (lhs) == NEG)
|
{
|
{
|
coeff0l = -1;
|
coeff0l = -1;
|
coeff0h = -1;
|
coeff0h = -1;
|
lhs = XEXP (lhs, 0);
|
lhs = XEXP (lhs, 0);
|
}
|
}
|
else if (GET_CODE (lhs) == MULT
|
else if (GET_CODE (lhs) == MULT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (lhs, 1)) == CONST_INT)
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (lhs, 1)) == CONST_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
coeff0l = INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1));
|
coeff0l = INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1));
|
coeff0h = INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1)) < 0 ? -1 : 0;
|
coeff0h = INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1)) < 0 ? -1 : 0;
|
lhs = XEXP (lhs, 0);
|
lhs = XEXP (lhs, 0);
|
}
|
}
|
else if (GET_CODE (lhs) == ASHIFT
|
else if (GET_CODE (lhs) == ASHIFT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (lhs, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (lhs, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1)) >= 0
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1)) >= 0
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
coeff0l = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) << INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1));
|
coeff0l = ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) << INTVAL (XEXP (lhs, 1));
|
coeff0h = 0;
|
coeff0h = 0;
|
lhs = XEXP (lhs, 0);
|
lhs = XEXP (lhs, 0);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (rhs) == NEG)
|
if (GET_CODE (rhs) == NEG)
|
{
|
{
|
negcoeff1l = 1;
|
negcoeff1l = 1;
|
negcoeff1h = 0;
|
negcoeff1h = 0;
|
rhs = XEXP (rhs, 0);
|
rhs = XEXP (rhs, 0);
|
}
|
}
|
else if (GET_CODE (rhs) == MULT
|
else if (GET_CODE (rhs) == MULT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (rhs, 1)) == CONST_INT)
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (rhs, 1)) == CONST_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
negcoeff1l = -INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1));
|
negcoeff1l = -INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1));
|
negcoeff1h = INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)) <= 0 ? 0 : -1;
|
negcoeff1h = INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)) <= 0 ? 0 : -1;
|
rhs = XEXP (rhs, 0);
|
rhs = XEXP (rhs, 0);
|
}
|
}
|
else if (GET_CODE (rhs) == ASHIFT
|
else if (GET_CODE (rhs) == ASHIFT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (rhs, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (rhs, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)) >= 0
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)) >= 0
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
negcoeff1l = -(((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) << INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)));
|
negcoeff1l = -(((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1) << INTVAL (XEXP (rhs, 1)));
|
negcoeff1h = -1;
|
negcoeff1h = -1;
|
rhs = XEXP (rhs, 0);
|
rhs = XEXP (rhs, 0);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (rtx_equal_p (lhs, rhs))
|
if (rtx_equal_p (lhs, rhs))
|
{
|
{
|
rtx orig = gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, op0, op1);
|
rtx orig = gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, op0, op1);
|
rtx coeff;
|
rtx coeff;
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT l;
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT l;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT h;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT h;
|
|
|
add_double (coeff0l, coeff0h, negcoeff1l, negcoeff1h, &l, &h);
|
add_double (coeff0l, coeff0h, negcoeff1l, negcoeff1h, &l, &h);
|
coeff = immed_double_const (l, h, mode);
|
coeff = immed_double_const (l, h, mode);
|
|
|
tem = simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, lhs, coeff);
|
tem = simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, lhs, coeff);
|
return rtx_cost (tem, SET) <= rtx_cost (orig, SET)
|
return rtx_cost (tem, SET) <= rtx_cost (orig, SET)
|
? tem : 0;
|
? tem : 0;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* (a - (-b)) -> (a + b). True even for IEEE. */
|
/* (a - (-b)) -> (a + b). True even for IEEE. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == NEG)
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == NEG)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, XEXP (op1, 0));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, XEXP (op1, 0));
|
|
|
/* (-x - c) may be simplified as (-c - x). */
|
/* (-x - c) may be simplified as (-c - x). */
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == NEG
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == NEG
|
&& (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
&& (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE))
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE))
|
{
|
{
|
tem = simplify_unary_operation (NEG, mode, op1, mode);
|
tem = simplify_unary_operation (NEG, mode, op1, mode);
|
if (tem)
|
if (tem)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, tem, XEXP (op0, 0));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode, tem, XEXP (op0, 0));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Don't let a relocatable value get a negative coeff. */
|
/* Don't let a relocatable value get a negative coeff. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT && GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode)
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT && GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode,
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode,
|
op0,
|
op0,
|
neg_const_int (mode, op1));
|
neg_const_int (mode, op1));
|
|
|
/* (x - (x & y)) -> (x & ~y) */
|
/* (x - (x & y)) -> (x & ~y) */
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == AND)
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == AND)
|
{
|
{
|
if (rtx_equal_p (op0, XEXP (op1, 0)))
|
if (rtx_equal_p (op0, XEXP (op1, 0)))
|
{
|
{
|
tem = simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, XEXP (op1, 1),
|
tem = simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, XEXP (op1, 1),
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op1, 1)));
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op1, 1)));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op0, tem);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op0, tem);
|
}
|
}
|
if (rtx_equal_p (op0, XEXP (op1, 1)))
|
if (rtx_equal_p (op0, XEXP (op1, 1)))
|
{
|
{
|
tem = simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, XEXP (op1, 0),
|
tem = simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, XEXP (op1, 0),
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op1, 0)));
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op1, 0)));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op0, tem);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op0, tem);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* If STORE_FLAG_VALUE is 1, (minus 1 (comparison foo bar)) can be done
|
/* If STORE_FLAG_VALUE is 1, (minus 1 (comparison foo bar)) can be done
|
by reversing the comparison code if valid. */
|
by reversing the comparison code if valid. */
|
if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1
|
if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1
|
&& trueop0 == const1_rtx
|
&& trueop0 == const1_rtx
|
&& COMPARISON_P (op1)
|
&& COMPARISON_P (op1)
|
&& (reversed = reversed_comparison (op1, mode)))
|
&& (reversed = reversed_comparison (op1, mode)))
|
return reversed;
|
return reversed;
|
|
|
/* Canonicalize (minus A (mult (neg B) C)) to (plus (mult B C) A). */
|
/* Canonicalize (minus A (mult (neg B) C)) to (plus (mult B C) A). */
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == MULT
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == MULT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op1, 0)) == NEG)
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op1, 0)) == NEG)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx in1, in2;
|
rtx in1, in2;
|
|
|
in1 = XEXP (XEXP (op1, 0), 0);
|
in1 = XEXP (XEXP (op1, 0), 0);
|
in2 = XEXP (op1, 1);
|
in2 = XEXP (op1, 1);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode,
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode,
|
simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode,
|
simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode,
|
in1, in2),
|
in1, in2),
|
op0);
|
op0);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Canonicalize (minus (neg A) (mult B C)) to
|
/* Canonicalize (minus (neg A) (mult B C)) to
|
(minus (mult (neg B) C) A). */
|
(minus (mult (neg B) C) A). */
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == MULT
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == MULT
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == NEG)
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == NEG)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx in1, in2;
|
rtx in1, in2;
|
|
|
in1 = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, XEXP (op1, 0), mode);
|
in1 = simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, XEXP (op1, 0), mode);
|
in2 = XEXP (op1, 1);
|
in2 = XEXP (op1, 1);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode,
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MINUS, mode,
|
simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode,
|
simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode,
|
in1, in2),
|
in1, in2),
|
XEXP (op0, 0));
|
XEXP (op0, 0));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* If one of the operands is a PLUS or a MINUS, see if we can
|
/* If one of the operands is a PLUS or a MINUS, see if we can
|
simplify this by the associative law. This will, for example,
|
simplify this by the associative law. This will, for example,
|
canonicalize (minus A (plus B C)) to (minus (minus A B) C).
|
canonicalize (minus A (plus B C)) to (minus (minus A B) C).
|
Don't use the associative law for floating point.
|
Don't use the associative law for floating point.
|
The inaccuracy makes it nonassociative,
|
The inaccuracy makes it nonassociative,
|
and subtle programs can break if operations are associated. */
|
and subtle programs can break if operations are associated. */
|
|
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
&& (plus_minus_operand_p (op0)
|
&& (plus_minus_operand_p (op0)
|
|| plus_minus_operand_p (op1))
|
|| plus_minus_operand_p (op1))
|
&& (tem = simplify_plus_minus (code, mode, op0, op1)) != 0)
|
&& (tem = simplify_plus_minus (code, mode, op0, op1)) != 0)
|
return tem;
|
return tem;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case MULT:
|
case MULT:
|
if (trueop1 == constm1_rtx)
|
if (trueop1 == constm1_rtx)
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, op0, mode);
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, op0, mode);
|
|
|
/* Maybe simplify x * 0 to 0. The reduction is not valid if
|
/* Maybe simplify x * 0 to 0. The reduction is not valid if
|
x is NaN, since x * 0 is then also NaN. Nor is it valid
|
x is NaN, since x * 0 is then also NaN. Nor is it valid
|
when the mode has signed zeros, since multiplying a negative
|
when the mode has signed zeros, since multiplying a negative
|
number by 0 will give -0, not 0. */
|
number by 0 will give -0, not 0. */
|
if (!HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
if (!HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
&& !HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
&& !HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
&& trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode)
|
&& trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode)
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
return op1;
|
return op1;
|
|
|
/* In IEEE floating point, x*1 is not equivalent to x for
|
/* In IEEE floating point, x*1 is not equivalent to x for
|
signalling NaNs. */
|
signalling NaNs. */
|
if (!HONOR_SNANS (mode)
|
if (!HONOR_SNANS (mode)
|
&& trueop1 == CONST1_RTX (mode))
|
&& trueop1 == CONST1_RTX (mode))
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
|
|
/* Convert multiply by constant power of two into shift unless
|
/* Convert multiply by constant power of two into shift unless
|
we are still generating RTL. This test is a kludge. */
|
we are still generating RTL. This test is a kludge. */
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
&& (val = exact_log2 (INTVAL (trueop1))) >= 0
|
&& (val = exact_log2 (INTVAL (trueop1))) >= 0
|
/* If the mode is larger than the host word size, and the
|
/* If the mode is larger than the host word size, and the
|
uppermost bit is set, then this isn't a power of two due
|
uppermost bit is set, then this isn't a power of two due
|
to implicit sign extension. */
|
to implicit sign extension. */
|
&& (width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
&& (width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
|| val != HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1))
|
|| val != HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFT, mode, op0, GEN_INT (val));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFT, mode, op0, GEN_INT (val));
|
|
|
/* Likewise for multipliers wider than a word. */
|
/* Likewise for multipliers wider than a word. */
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
&& (GET_MODE (trueop1) == VOIDmode
|
&& (GET_MODE (trueop1) == VOIDmode
|
|| GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (trueop1)) == MODE_INT)
|
|| GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (trueop1)) == MODE_INT)
|
&& GET_MODE (op0) == mode
|
&& GET_MODE (op0) == mode
|
&& CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (trueop1) == 0
|
&& CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (trueop1) == 0
|
&& (val = exact_log2 (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (trueop1))) >= 0)
|
&& (val = exact_log2 (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (trueop1))) >= 0)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFT, mode, op0,
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFT, mode, op0,
|
GEN_INT (val + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT));
|
GEN_INT (val + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT));
|
|
|
/* x*2 is x+x and x*(-1) is -x */
|
/* x*2 is x+x and x*(-1) is -x */
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
&& SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (trueop1))
|
&& SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (trueop1))
|
&& GET_MODE (op0) == mode)
|
&& GET_MODE (op0) == mode)
|
{
|
{
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d;
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d;
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d, trueop1);
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d, trueop1);
|
|
|
if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (d, dconst2))
|
if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (d, dconst2))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, copy_rtx (op0));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, copy_rtx (op0));
|
|
|
if (!HONOR_SNANS (mode)
|
if (!HONOR_SNANS (mode)
|
&& REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (d, dconstm1))
|
&& REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (d, dconstm1))
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, op0, mode);
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, op0, mode);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Optimize -x * -x as x * x. */
|
/* Optimize -x * -x as x * x. */
|
if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
|
if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == NEG
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == NEG
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == NEG
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == NEG
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op1, 0))
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op1, 0))
|
&& !side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 0)))
|
&& !side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 0)))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op1, 0));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op1, 0));
|
|
|
/* Likewise, optimize abs(x) * abs(x) as x * x. */
|
/* Likewise, optimize abs(x) * abs(x) as x * x. */
|
if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
|
if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == ABS
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == ABS
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == ABS
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == ABS
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op1, 0))
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op1, 0))
|
&& !side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 0)))
|
&& !side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 0)))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op1, 0));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op1, 0));
|
|
|
/* Reassociate multiplication, but for floating point MULTs
|
/* Reassociate multiplication, but for floating point MULTs
|
only when the user specifies unsafe math optimizations. */
|
only when the user specifies unsafe math optimizations. */
|
if (! FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
|
if (! FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
|
|| flag_unsafe_math_optimizations)
|
|| flag_unsafe_math_optimizations)
|
{
|
{
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
if (tem)
|
if (tem)
|
return tem;
|
return tem;
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case IOR:
|
case IOR:
|
if (trueop1 == const0_rtx)
|
if (trueop1 == const0_rtx)
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
&& ((INTVAL (trueop1) & GET_MODE_MASK (mode))
|
&& ((INTVAL (trueop1) & GET_MODE_MASK (mode))
|
== GET_MODE_MASK (mode)))
|
== GET_MODE_MASK (mode)))
|
return op1;
|
return op1;
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
/* A | (~A) -> -1 */
|
/* A | (~A) -> -1 */
|
if (((GET_CODE (op0) == NOT && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1))
|
if (((GET_CODE (op0) == NOT && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1))
|
|| (GET_CODE (op1) == NOT && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op1, 0), op0)))
|
|| (GET_CODE (op1) == NOT && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op1, 0), op0)))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode))
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode))
|
return constm1_rtx;
|
return constm1_rtx;
|
|
|
/* (ior A C) is C if all bits of A that might be nonzero are on in C. */
|
/* (ior A C) is C if all bits of A that might be nonzero are on in C. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
&& (nonzero_bits (op0, mode) & ~INTVAL (op1)) == 0)
|
&& (nonzero_bits (op0, mode) & ~INTVAL (op1)) == 0)
|
return op1;
|
return op1;
|
|
|
/* Convert (A & B) | A to A. */
|
/* Convert (A & B) | A to A. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == AND
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == AND
|
&& (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
&& (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
|| rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1))
|
|| rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 0))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 0))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 1)))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 1)))
|
return op1;
|
return op1;
|
|
|
/* Convert (ior (ashift A CX) (lshiftrt A CY)) where CX+CY equals the
|
/* Convert (ior (ashift A CX) (lshiftrt A CY)) where CX+CY equals the
|
mode size to (rotate A CX). */
|
mode size to (rotate A CX). */
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == ASHIFT
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == ASHIFT
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == SUBREG)
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == SUBREG)
|
{
|
{
|
opleft = op1;
|
opleft = op1;
|
opright = op0;
|
opright = op0;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
opright = op1;
|
opright = op1;
|
opleft = op0;
|
opleft = op0;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (opleft) == ASHIFT && GET_CODE (opright) == LSHIFTRT
|
if (GET_CODE (opleft) == ASHIFT && GET_CODE (opright) == LSHIFTRT
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (opleft, 0), XEXP (opright, 0))
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (opleft, 0), XEXP (opright, 0))
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (opleft, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (opleft, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (opright, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (opright, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (opleft, 1)) + INTVAL (XEXP (opright, 1))
|
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (opleft, 1)) + INTVAL (XEXP (opright, 1))
|
== GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)))
|
== GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)))
|
return gen_rtx_ROTATE (mode, XEXP (opright, 0), XEXP (opleft, 1));
|
return gen_rtx_ROTATE (mode, XEXP (opright, 0), XEXP (opleft, 1));
|
|
|
/* Same, but for ashift that has been "simplified" to a wider mode
|
/* Same, but for ashift that has been "simplified" to a wider mode
|
by simplify_shift_const. */
|
by simplify_shift_const. */
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (opleft) == SUBREG
|
if (GET_CODE (opleft) == SUBREG
|
&& GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (opleft)) == ASHIFT
|
&& GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (opleft)) == ASHIFT
|
&& GET_CODE (opright) == LSHIFTRT
|
&& GET_CODE (opright) == LSHIFTRT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (opright, 0)) == SUBREG
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (opright, 0)) == SUBREG
|
&& GET_MODE (opleft) == GET_MODE (XEXP (opright, 0))
|
&& GET_MODE (opleft) == GET_MODE (XEXP (opright, 0))
|
&& SUBREG_BYTE (opleft) == SUBREG_BYTE (XEXP (opright, 0))
|
&& SUBREG_BYTE (opleft) == SUBREG_BYTE (XEXP (opright, 0))
|
&& (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (opleft))
|
&& (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (opleft))
|
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (opleft))))
|
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (opleft))))
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (opleft), 0),
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (opleft), 0),
|
SUBREG_REG (XEXP (opright, 0)))
|
SUBREG_REG (XEXP (opright, 0)))
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (opleft), 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (opleft), 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (opright, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (opright, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (opleft), 1)) + INTVAL (XEXP (opright, 1))
|
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (SUBREG_REG (opleft), 1)) + INTVAL (XEXP (opright, 1))
|
== GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)))
|
== GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode)))
|
return gen_rtx_ROTATE (mode, XEXP (opright, 0),
|
return gen_rtx_ROTATE (mode, XEXP (opright, 0),
|
XEXP (SUBREG_REG (opleft), 1));
|
XEXP (SUBREG_REG (opleft), 1));
|
|
|
/* If we have (ior (and (X C1) C2)), simplify this by making
|
/* If we have (ior (and (X C1) C2)), simplify this by making
|
C1 as small as possible if C1 actually changes. */
|
C1 as small as possible if C1 actually changes. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
&& (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
&& (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
|| INTVAL (op1) > 0)
|
|| INTVAL (op1) > 0)
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == AND
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == AND
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1)) & INTVAL (op1)) != 0)
|
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1)) & INTVAL (op1)) != 0)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (IOR, mode,
|
return simplify_gen_binary (IOR, mode,
|
simplify_gen_binary
|
simplify_gen_binary
|
(AND, mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
|
(AND, mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
|
GEN_INT (INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1))
|
GEN_INT (INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1))
|
& ~INTVAL (op1))),
|
& ~INTVAL (op1))),
|
op1);
|
op1);
|
|
|
/* If OP0 is (ashiftrt (plus ...) C), it might actually be
|
/* If OP0 is (ashiftrt (plus ...) C), it might actually be
|
a (sign_extend (plus ...)). Then check if OP1 is a CONST_INT and
|
a (sign_extend (plus ...)). Then check if OP1 is a CONST_INT and
|
the PLUS does not affect any of the bits in OP1: then we can do
|
the PLUS does not affect any of the bits in OP1: then we can do
|
the IOR as a PLUS and we can associate. This is valid if OP1
|
the IOR as a PLUS and we can associate. This is valid if OP1
|
can be safely shifted left C bits. */
|
can be safely shifted left C bits. */
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op0) == ASHIFTRT
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op0) == ASHIFTRT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == PLUS
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == PLUS
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1)) < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
int count = INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1));
|
int count = INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1));
|
HOST_WIDE_INT mask = INTVAL (trueop1) << count;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT mask = INTVAL (trueop1) << count;
|
|
|
if (mask >> count == INTVAL (trueop1)
|
if (mask >> count == INTVAL (trueop1)
|
&& (mask & nonzero_bits (XEXP (op0, 0), mode)) == 0)
|
&& (mask & nonzero_bits (XEXP (op0, 0), mode)) == 0)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFTRT, mode,
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFTRT, mode,
|
plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), mask),
|
plus_constant (XEXP (op0, 0), mask),
|
XEXP (op0, 1));
|
XEXP (op0, 1));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
if (tem)
|
if (tem)
|
return tem;
|
return tem;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case XOR:
|
case XOR:
|
if (trueop1 == const0_rtx)
|
if (trueop1 == const0_rtx)
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
&& ((INTVAL (trueop1) & GET_MODE_MASK (mode))
|
&& ((INTVAL (trueop1) & GET_MODE_MASK (mode))
|
== GET_MODE_MASK (mode)))
|
== GET_MODE_MASK (mode)))
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, op0, mode);
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode, op0, mode);
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1)
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1)
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_CC)
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_CC)
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
|
|
/* Canonicalize XOR of the most significant bit to PLUS. */
|
/* Canonicalize XOR of the most significant bit to PLUS. */
|
if ((GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
if ((GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
&& mode_signbit_p (mode, op1))
|
&& mode_signbit_p (mode, op1))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, op1);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (PLUS, mode, op0, op1);
|
/* (xor (plus X C1) C2) is (xor X (C1^C2)) if C1 is signbit. */
|
/* (xor (plus X C1) C2) is (xor X (C1^C2)) if C1 is signbit. */
|
if ((GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
if ((GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS
|
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
&& mode_signbit_p (mode, XEXP (op0, 1)))
|
&& mode_signbit_p (mode, XEXP (op0, 1)))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
|
return simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
|
simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, op1,
|
simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, op1,
|
XEXP (op0, 1)));
|
XEXP (op0, 1)));
|
|
|
/* If we are XORing two things that have no bits in common,
|
/* If we are XORing two things that have no bits in common,
|
convert them into an IOR. This helps to detect rotation encoded
|
convert them into an IOR. This helps to detect rotation encoded
|
using those methods and possibly other simplifications. */
|
using those methods and possibly other simplifications. */
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
&& (nonzero_bits (op0, mode)
|
&& (nonzero_bits (op0, mode)
|
& nonzero_bits (op1, mode)) == 0)
|
& nonzero_bits (op1, mode)) == 0)
|
return (simplify_gen_binary (IOR, mode, op0, op1));
|
return (simplify_gen_binary (IOR, mode, op0, op1));
|
|
|
/* Convert (XOR (NOT x) (NOT y)) to (XOR x y).
|
/* Convert (XOR (NOT x) (NOT y)) to (XOR x y).
|
Also convert (XOR (NOT x) y) to (NOT (XOR x y)), similarly for
|
Also convert (XOR (NOT x) y) to (NOT (XOR x y)), similarly for
|
(NOT y). */
|
(NOT y). */
|
{
|
{
|
int num_negated = 0;
|
int num_negated = 0;
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == NOT)
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == NOT)
|
num_negated++, op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
|
num_negated++, op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == NOT)
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == NOT)
|
num_negated++, op1 = XEXP (op1, 0);
|
num_negated++, op1 = XEXP (op1, 0);
|
|
|
if (num_negated == 2)
|
if (num_negated == 2)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, op0, op1);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, op0, op1);
|
else if (num_negated == 1)
|
else if (num_negated == 1)
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode,
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode,
|
simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, op0, op1),
|
simplify_gen_binary (XOR, mode, op0, op1),
|
mode);
|
mode);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Convert (xor (and A B) B) to (and (not A) B). The latter may
|
/* Convert (xor (and A B) B) to (and (not A) B). The latter may
|
correspond to a machine insn or result in further simplifications
|
correspond to a machine insn or result in further simplifications
|
if B is a constant. */
|
if B is a constant. */
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == AND
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == AND
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1)
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1)
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode,
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode,
|
simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode,
|
simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode,
|
XEXP (op0, 0), mode),
|
XEXP (op0, 0), mode),
|
op1);
|
op1);
|
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (op0) == AND
|
else if (GET_CODE (op0) == AND
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode,
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode,
|
simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode,
|
simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode,
|
XEXP (op0, 1), mode),
|
XEXP (op0, 1), mode),
|
op1);
|
op1);
|
|
|
/* (xor (comparison foo bar) (const_int 1)) can become the reversed
|
/* (xor (comparison foo bar) (const_int 1)) can become the reversed
|
comparison if STORE_FLAG_VALUE is 1. */
|
comparison if STORE_FLAG_VALUE is 1. */
|
if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1
|
if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1
|
&& trueop1 == const1_rtx
|
&& trueop1 == const1_rtx
|
&& COMPARISON_P (op0)
|
&& COMPARISON_P (op0)
|
&& (reversed = reversed_comparison (op0, mode)))
|
&& (reversed = reversed_comparison (op0, mode)))
|
return reversed;
|
return reversed;
|
|
|
/* (lshiftrt foo C) where C is the number of bits in FOO minus 1
|
/* (lshiftrt foo C) where C is the number of bits in FOO minus 1
|
is (lt foo (const_int 0)), so we can perform the above
|
is (lt foo (const_int 0)), so we can perform the above
|
simplification if STORE_FLAG_VALUE is 1. */
|
simplification if STORE_FLAG_VALUE is 1. */
|
|
|
if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1
|
if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1
|
&& trueop1 == const1_rtx
|
&& trueop1 == const1_rtx
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == LSHIFTRT
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == LSHIFTRT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1)) == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1)
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op0, 1)) == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1)
|
return gen_rtx_GE (mode, XEXP (op0, 0), const0_rtx);
|
return gen_rtx_GE (mode, XEXP (op0, 0), const0_rtx);
|
|
|
/* (xor (comparison foo bar) (const_int sign-bit))
|
/* (xor (comparison foo bar) (const_int sign-bit))
|
when STORE_FLAG_VALUE is the sign bit. */
|
when STORE_FLAG_VALUE is the sign bit. */
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
&& ((STORE_FLAG_VALUE & GET_MODE_MASK (mode))
|
&& ((STORE_FLAG_VALUE & GET_MODE_MASK (mode))
|
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1))
|
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1))
|
&& trueop1 == const_true_rtx
|
&& trueop1 == const_true_rtx
|
&& COMPARISON_P (op0)
|
&& COMPARISON_P (op0)
|
&& (reversed = reversed_comparison (op0, mode)))
|
&& (reversed = reversed_comparison (op0, mode)))
|
return reversed;
|
return reversed;
|
|
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
if (tem)
|
if (tem)
|
return tem;
|
return tem;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case AND:
|
case AND:
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
return trueop1;
|
return trueop1;
|
/* If we are turning off bits already known off in OP0, we need
|
/* If we are turning off bits already known off in OP0, we need
|
not do an AND. */
|
not do an AND. */
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
&& (nonzero_bits (trueop0, mode) & ~INTVAL (trueop1)) == 0)
|
&& (nonzero_bits (trueop0, mode) & ~INTVAL (trueop1)) == 0)
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1) && ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1) && ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_CC)
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_CC)
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
/* A & (~A) -> 0 */
|
/* A & (~A) -> 0 */
|
if (((GET_CODE (op0) == NOT && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1))
|
if (((GET_CODE (op0) == NOT && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1))
|
|| (GET_CODE (op1) == NOT && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op1, 0), op0)))
|
|| (GET_CODE (op1) == NOT && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op1, 0), op0)))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_CC)
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_CC)
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
|
|
/* Transform (and (extend X) C) into (zero_extend (and X C)) if
|
/* Transform (and (extend X) C) into (zero_extend (and X C)) if
|
there are no nonzero bits of C outside of X's mode. */
|
there are no nonzero bits of C outside of X's mode. */
|
if ((GET_CODE (op0) == SIGN_EXTEND
|
if ((GET_CODE (op0) == SIGN_EXTEND
|
|| GET_CODE (op0) == ZERO_EXTEND)
|
|| GET_CODE (op0) == ZERO_EXTEND)
|
&& GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
&& (~GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0)))
|
&& (~GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0)))
|
& INTVAL (trueop1)) == 0)
|
& INTVAL (trueop1)) == 0)
|
{
|
{
|
enum machine_mode imode = GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0));
|
enum machine_mode imode = GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0));
|
tem = simplify_gen_binary (AND, imode, XEXP (op0, 0),
|
tem = simplify_gen_binary (AND, imode, XEXP (op0, 0),
|
gen_int_mode (INTVAL (trueop1),
|
gen_int_mode (INTVAL (trueop1),
|
imode));
|
imode));
|
return simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, tem, imode);
|
return simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, tem, imode);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Convert (A ^ B) & A to A & (~B) since the latter is often a single
|
/* Convert (A ^ B) & A to A & (~B) since the latter is often a single
|
insn (and may simplify more). */
|
insn (and may simplify more). */
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == XOR
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == XOR
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode,
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode,
|
simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode,
|
simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode,
|
XEXP (op0, 1), mode),
|
XEXP (op0, 1), mode),
|
op1);
|
op1);
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == XOR
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == XOR
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1)
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1)
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode,
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode,
|
simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode,
|
simplify_gen_unary (NOT, mode,
|
XEXP (op0, 0), mode),
|
XEXP (op0, 0), mode),
|
op1);
|
op1);
|
|
|
/* Similarly for (~(A ^ B)) & A. */
|
/* Similarly for (~(A ^ B)) & A. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == NOT
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == NOT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == XOR
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == XOR
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0), op1)
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0), op1)
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 1), op1);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 1), op1);
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == NOT
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == NOT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == XOR
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == XOR
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 1), op1)
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 1), op1)
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0), op1);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, XEXP (XEXP (op0, 0), 0), op1);
|
|
|
/* Convert (A | B) & A to A. */
|
/* Convert (A | B) & A to A. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == IOR
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == IOR
|
&& (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
&& (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
|| rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1))
|
|| rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 0))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 0))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 1)))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 1)))
|
return op1;
|
return op1;
|
|
|
/* For constants M and N, if M == (1LL << cst) - 1 && (N & M) == M,
|
/* For constants M and N, if M == (1LL << cst) - 1 && (N & M) == M,
|
((A & N) + B) & M -> (A + B) & M
|
((A & N) + B) & M -> (A + B) & M
|
Similarly if (N & M) == 0,
|
Similarly if (N & M) == 0,
|
((A | N) + B) & M -> (A + B) & M
|
((A | N) + B) & M -> (A + B) & M
|
and for - instead of + and/or ^ instead of |. */
|
and for - instead of + and/or ^ instead of |. */
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
&& ~INTVAL (trueop1)
|
&& ~INTVAL (trueop1)
|
&& (INTVAL (trueop1) & (INTVAL (trueop1) + 1)) == 0
|
&& (INTVAL (trueop1) & (INTVAL (trueop1) + 1)) == 0
|
&& (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS || GET_CODE (op0) == MINUS))
|
&& (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS || GET_CODE (op0) == MINUS))
|
{
|
{
|
rtx pmop[2];
|
rtx pmop[2];
|
int which;
|
int which;
|
|
|
pmop[0] = XEXP (op0, 0);
|
pmop[0] = XEXP (op0, 0);
|
pmop[1] = XEXP (op0, 1);
|
pmop[1] = XEXP (op0, 1);
|
|
|
for (which = 0; which < 2; which++)
|
for (which = 0; which < 2; which++)
|
{
|
{
|
tem = pmop[which];
|
tem = pmop[which];
|
switch (GET_CODE (tem))
|
switch (GET_CODE (tem))
|
{
|
{
|
case AND:
|
case AND:
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (tem, 1)) & INTVAL (trueop1))
|
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (tem, 1)) & INTVAL (trueop1))
|
== INTVAL (trueop1))
|
== INTVAL (trueop1))
|
pmop[which] = XEXP (tem, 0);
|
pmop[which] = XEXP (tem, 0);
|
break;
|
break;
|
case IOR:
|
case IOR:
|
case XOR:
|
case XOR:
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (tem, 1)) & INTVAL (trueop1)) == 0)
|
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (tem, 1)) & INTVAL (trueop1)) == 0)
|
pmop[which] = XEXP (tem, 0);
|
pmop[which] = XEXP (tem, 0);
|
break;
|
break;
|
default:
|
default:
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (pmop[0] != XEXP (op0, 0) || pmop[1] != XEXP (op0, 1))
|
if (pmop[0] != XEXP (op0, 0) || pmop[1] != XEXP (op0, 1))
|
{
|
{
|
tem = simplify_gen_binary (GET_CODE (op0), mode,
|
tem = simplify_gen_binary (GET_CODE (op0), mode,
|
pmop[0], pmop[1]);
|
pmop[0], pmop[1]);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, tem, op1);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, tem, op1);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
if (tem)
|
if (tem)
|
return tem;
|
return tem;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case UDIV:
|
case UDIV:
|
/* 0/x is 0 (or x&0 if x has side-effects). */
|
/* 0/x is 0 (or x&0 if x has side-effects). */
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
{
|
{
|
if (side_effects_p (op1))
|
if (side_effects_p (op1))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op1, trueop0);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op1, trueop0);
|
return trueop0;
|
return trueop0;
|
}
|
}
|
/* x/1 is x. */
|
/* x/1 is x. */
|
if (trueop1 == CONST1_RTX (mode))
|
if (trueop1 == CONST1_RTX (mode))
|
return rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (mode, op0);
|
return rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (mode, op0);
|
/* Convert divide by power of two into shift. */
|
/* Convert divide by power of two into shift. */
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
&& (val = exact_log2 (INTVAL (trueop1))) > 0)
|
&& (val = exact_log2 (INTVAL (trueop1))) > 0)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, mode, op0, GEN_INT (val));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, mode, op0, GEN_INT (val));
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case DIV:
|
case DIV:
|
/* Handle floating point and integers separately. */
|
/* Handle floating point and integers separately. */
|
if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
|
if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
|
{
|
{
|
/* Maybe change 0.0 / x to 0.0. This transformation isn't
|
/* Maybe change 0.0 / x to 0.0. This transformation isn't
|
safe for modes with NaNs, since 0.0 / 0.0 will then be
|
safe for modes with NaNs, since 0.0 / 0.0 will then be
|
NaN rather than 0.0. Nor is it safe for modes with signed
|
NaN rather than 0.0. Nor is it safe for modes with signed
|
zeros, since dividing 0 by a negative number gives -0.0 */
|
zeros, since dividing 0 by a negative number gives -0.0 */
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode)
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode)
|
&& !HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
&& !HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
&& !HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
&& !HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
/* x/1.0 is x. */
|
/* x/1.0 is x. */
|
if (trueop1 == CONST1_RTX (mode)
|
if (trueop1 == CONST1_RTX (mode)
|
&& !HONOR_SNANS (mode))
|
&& !HONOR_SNANS (mode))
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
&& trueop1 != CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
&& trueop1 != CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
{
|
{
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d;
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d;
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d, trueop1);
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d, trueop1);
|
|
|
/* x/-1.0 is -x. */
|
/* x/-1.0 is -x. */
|
if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (d, dconstm1)
|
if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (d, dconstm1)
|
&& !HONOR_SNANS (mode))
|
&& !HONOR_SNANS (mode))
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, op0, mode);
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, op0, mode);
|
|
|
/* Change FP division by a constant into multiplication.
|
/* Change FP division by a constant into multiplication.
|
Only do this with -funsafe-math-optimizations. */
|
Only do this with -funsafe-math-optimizations. */
|
if (flag_unsafe_math_optimizations
|
if (flag_unsafe_math_optimizations
|
&& !REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (d, dconst0))
|
&& !REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (d, dconst0))
|
{
|
{
|
REAL_ARITHMETIC (d, RDIV_EXPR, dconst1, d);
|
REAL_ARITHMETIC (d, RDIV_EXPR, dconst1, d);
|
tem = CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (d, mode);
|
tem = CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (d, mode);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, op0, tem);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (MULT, mode, op0, tem);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
/* 0/x is 0 (or x&0 if x has side-effects). */
|
/* 0/x is 0 (or x&0 if x has side-effects). */
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
{
|
{
|
if (side_effects_p (op1))
|
if (side_effects_p (op1))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op1, trueop0);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op1, trueop0);
|
return trueop0;
|
return trueop0;
|
}
|
}
|
/* x/1 is x. */
|
/* x/1 is x. */
|
if (trueop1 == CONST1_RTX (mode))
|
if (trueop1 == CONST1_RTX (mode))
|
return rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (mode, op0);
|
return rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (mode, op0);
|
/* x/-1 is -x. */
|
/* x/-1 is -x. */
|
if (trueop1 == constm1_rtx)
|
if (trueop1 == constm1_rtx)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx x = rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (mode, op0);
|
rtx x = rtl_hooks.gen_lowpart_no_emit (mode, op0);
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, x, mode);
|
return simplify_gen_unary (NEG, mode, x, mode);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case UMOD:
|
case UMOD:
|
/* 0%x is 0 (or x&0 if x has side-effects). */
|
/* 0%x is 0 (or x&0 if x has side-effects). */
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
{
|
{
|
if (side_effects_p (op1))
|
if (side_effects_p (op1))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op1, trueop0);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op1, trueop0);
|
return trueop0;
|
return trueop0;
|
}
|
}
|
/* x%1 is 0 (of x&0 if x has side-effects). */
|
/* x%1 is 0 (of x&0 if x has side-effects). */
|
if (trueop1 == CONST1_RTX (mode))
|
if (trueop1 == CONST1_RTX (mode))
|
{
|
{
|
if (side_effects_p (op0))
|
if (side_effects_p (op0))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op0, CONST0_RTX (mode));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op0, CONST0_RTX (mode));
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
}
|
}
|
/* Implement modulus by power of two as AND. */
|
/* Implement modulus by power of two as AND. */
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
&& exact_log2 (INTVAL (trueop1)) > 0)
|
&& exact_log2 (INTVAL (trueop1)) > 0)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op0,
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op0,
|
GEN_INT (INTVAL (op1) - 1));
|
GEN_INT (INTVAL (op1) - 1));
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case MOD:
|
case MOD:
|
/* 0%x is 0 (or x&0 if x has side-effects). */
|
/* 0%x is 0 (or x&0 if x has side-effects). */
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
{
|
{
|
if (side_effects_p (op1))
|
if (side_effects_p (op1))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op1, trueop0);
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op1, trueop0);
|
return trueop0;
|
return trueop0;
|
}
|
}
|
/* x%1 and x%-1 is 0 (or x&0 if x has side-effects). */
|
/* x%1 and x%-1 is 0 (or x&0 if x has side-effects). */
|
if (trueop1 == CONST1_RTX (mode) || trueop1 == constm1_rtx)
|
if (trueop1 == CONST1_RTX (mode) || trueop1 == constm1_rtx)
|
{
|
{
|
if (side_effects_p (op0))
|
if (side_effects_p (op0))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op0, CONST0_RTX (mode));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (AND, mode, op0, CONST0_RTX (mode));
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case ROTATERT:
|
case ROTATERT:
|
case ROTATE:
|
case ROTATE:
|
case ASHIFTRT:
|
case ASHIFTRT:
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode) && ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode) && ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
/* Rotating ~0 always results in ~0. */
|
/* Rotating ~0 always results in ~0. */
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_INT && width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_INT && width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
&& (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (trueop0) == GET_MODE_MASK (mode)
|
&& (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (trueop0) == GET_MODE_MASK (mode)
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case ASHIFT:
|
case ASHIFT:
|
case SS_ASHIFT:
|
case SS_ASHIFT:
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode) && ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode) && ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case LSHIFTRT:
|
case LSHIFTRT:
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode) && ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
if (trueop0 == CONST0_RTX (mode) && ! side_effects_p (op1))
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
/* Optimize (lshiftrt (clz X) C) as (eq X 0). */
|
/* Optimize (lshiftrt (clz X) C) as (eq X 0). */
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == CLZ
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == CLZ
|
&& GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
&& STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1
|
&& STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1
|
&& INTVAL (trueop1) < (HOST_WIDE_INT)width)
|
&& INTVAL (trueop1) < (HOST_WIDE_INT)width)
|
{
|
{
|
enum machine_mode imode = GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0));
|
enum machine_mode imode = GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0));
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT zero_val = 0;
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT zero_val = 0;
|
|
|
if (CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (imode, zero_val)
|
if (CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (imode, zero_val)
|
&& zero_val == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (imode)
|
&& zero_val == GET_MODE_BITSIZE (imode)
|
&& INTVAL (trueop1) == exact_log2 (zero_val))
|
&& INTVAL (trueop1) == exact_log2 (zero_val))
|
return simplify_gen_relational (EQ, mode, imode,
|
return simplify_gen_relational (EQ, mode, imode,
|
XEXP (op0, 0), const0_rtx);
|
XEXP (op0, 0), const0_rtx);
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case SMIN:
|
case SMIN:
|
if (width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
if (width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
&& INTVAL (trueop1) == (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width -1)
|
&& INTVAL (trueop1) == (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width -1)
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
return op1;
|
return op1;
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
if (tem)
|
if (tem)
|
return tem;
|
return tem;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case SMAX:
|
case SMAX:
|
if (width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
if (width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
&& ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (trueop1)
|
&& ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (trueop1)
|
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_MASK (mode) >> 1)
|
== (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) GET_MODE_MASK (mode) >> 1)
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
return op1;
|
return op1;
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
if (tem)
|
if (tem)
|
return tem;
|
return tem;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case UMIN:
|
case UMIN:
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
return op1;
|
return op1;
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
if (tem)
|
if (tem)
|
return tem;
|
return tem;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case UMAX:
|
case UMAX:
|
if (trueop1 == constm1_rtx && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
if (trueop1 == constm1_rtx && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
return op1;
|
return op1;
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
tem = simplify_associative_operation (code, mode, op0, op1);
|
if (tem)
|
if (tem)
|
return tem;
|
return tem;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case SS_PLUS:
|
case SS_PLUS:
|
case US_PLUS:
|
case US_PLUS:
|
case SS_MINUS:
|
case SS_MINUS:
|
case US_MINUS:
|
case US_MINUS:
|
/* ??? There are simplifications that can be done. */
|
/* ??? There are simplifications that can be done. */
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
case VEC_SELECT:
|
case VEC_SELECT:
|
if (!VECTOR_MODE_P (mode))
|
if (!VECTOR_MODE_P (mode))
|
{
|
{
|
gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (GET_MODE (trueop0)));
|
gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (GET_MODE (trueop0)));
|
gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE_INNER (GET_MODE (trueop0)));
|
gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE_INNER (GET_MODE (trueop0)));
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (trueop1) == PARALLEL);
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (trueop1) == PARALLEL);
|
gcc_assert (XVECLEN (trueop1, 0) == 1);
|
gcc_assert (XVECLEN (trueop1, 0) == 1);
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (trueop1, 0, 0)) == CONST_INT);
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (trueop1, 0, 0)) == CONST_INT);
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
return CONST_VECTOR_ELT (trueop0, INTVAL (XVECEXP
|
return CONST_VECTOR_ELT (trueop0, INTVAL (XVECEXP
|
(trueop1, 0, 0)));
|
(trueop1, 0, 0)));
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (GET_MODE (trueop0)));
|
gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (GET_MODE (trueop0)));
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode)
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode)
|
== GET_MODE_INNER (GET_MODE (trueop0)));
|
== GET_MODE_INNER (GET_MODE (trueop0)));
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (trueop1) == PARALLEL);
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (trueop1) == PARALLEL);
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
{
|
{
|
int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
unsigned n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / elt_size);
|
unsigned n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / elt_size);
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
unsigned int i;
|
unsigned int i;
|
|
|
gcc_assert (XVECLEN (trueop1, 0) == (int) n_elts);
|
gcc_assert (XVECLEN (trueop1, 0) == (int) n_elts);
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx x = XVECEXP (trueop1, 0, i);
|
rtx x = XVECEXP (trueop1, 0, i);
|
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT);
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT);
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (trueop0,
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (trueop0,
|
INTVAL (x));
|
INTVAL (x));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (XVECLEN (trueop1, 0) == 1
|
if (XVECLEN (trueop1, 0) == 1
|
&& GET_CODE (XVECEXP (trueop1, 0, 0)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XVECEXP (trueop1, 0, 0)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (trueop0) == VEC_CONCAT)
|
&& GET_CODE (trueop0) == VEC_CONCAT)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx vec = trueop0;
|
rtx vec = trueop0;
|
int offset = INTVAL (XVECEXP (trueop1, 0, 0)) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
|
int offset = INTVAL (XVECEXP (trueop1, 0, 0)) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
|
|
|
/* Try to find the element in the VEC_CONCAT. */
|
/* Try to find the element in the VEC_CONCAT. */
|
while (GET_MODE (vec) != mode
|
while (GET_MODE (vec) != mode
|
&& GET_CODE (vec) == VEC_CONCAT)
|
&& GET_CODE (vec) == VEC_CONCAT)
|
{
|
{
|
HOST_WIDE_INT vec_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (vec, 0)));
|
HOST_WIDE_INT vec_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (vec, 0)));
|
if (offset < vec_size)
|
if (offset < vec_size)
|
vec = XEXP (vec, 0);
|
vec = XEXP (vec, 0);
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
offset -= vec_size;
|
offset -= vec_size;
|
vec = XEXP (vec, 1);
|
vec = XEXP (vec, 1);
|
}
|
}
|
vec = avoid_constant_pool_reference (vec);
|
vec = avoid_constant_pool_reference (vec);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (vec) == mode)
|
if (GET_MODE (vec) == mode)
|
return vec;
|
return vec;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
case VEC_CONCAT:
|
case VEC_CONCAT:
|
{
|
{
|
enum machine_mode op0_mode = (GET_MODE (trueop0) != VOIDmode
|
enum machine_mode op0_mode = (GET_MODE (trueop0) != VOIDmode
|
? GET_MODE (trueop0)
|
? GET_MODE (trueop0)
|
: GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
: GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
enum machine_mode op1_mode = (GET_MODE (trueop1) != VOIDmode
|
enum machine_mode op1_mode = (GET_MODE (trueop1) != VOIDmode
|
? GET_MODE (trueop1)
|
? GET_MODE (trueop1)
|
: GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
: GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
|
|
gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode));
|
gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode));
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_SIZE (op0_mode) + GET_MODE_SIZE (op1_mode)
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_SIZE (op0_mode) + GET_MODE_SIZE (op1_mode)
|
== GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
|
== GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
|
|
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (op0_mode))
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (op0_mode))
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode)
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode)
|
== GET_MODE_INNER (op0_mode));
|
== GET_MODE_INNER (op0_mode));
|
else
|
else
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode) == op0_mode);
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode) == op0_mode);
|
|
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (op1_mode))
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (op1_mode))
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode)
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode)
|
== GET_MODE_INNER (op1_mode));
|
== GET_MODE_INNER (op1_mode));
|
else
|
else
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode) == op1_mode);
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE_INNER (mode) == op1_mode);
|
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_VECTOR
|
if ((GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_VECTOR
|
|| GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_INT
|
|| GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_INT
|
|| GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
|| GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
&& (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_VECTOR
|
&& (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_VECTOR
|
|| GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
|| GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT
|
|| GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE))
|
|| GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE))
|
{
|
{
|
int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
unsigned n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / elt_size);
|
unsigned n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / elt_size);
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
unsigned int i;
|
unsigned int i;
|
unsigned in_n_elts = 1;
|
unsigned in_n_elts = 1;
|
|
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (op0_mode))
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (op0_mode))
|
in_n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (op0_mode) / elt_size);
|
in_n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (op0_mode) / elt_size);
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
{
|
{
|
if (i < in_n_elts)
|
if (i < in_n_elts)
|
{
|
{
|
if (!VECTOR_MODE_P (op0_mode))
|
if (!VECTOR_MODE_P (op0_mode))
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = trueop0;
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = trueop0;
|
else
|
else
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (trueop0, i);
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (trueop0, i);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
if (!VECTOR_MODE_P (op1_mode))
|
if (!VECTOR_MODE_P (op1_mode))
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = trueop1;
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = trueop1;
|
else
|
else
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (trueop1,
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (trueop1,
|
i - in_n_elts);
|
i - in_n_elts);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
rtx
|
rtx
|
simplify_const_binary_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
simplify_const_binary_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
{
|
{
|
HOST_WIDE_INT arg0, arg1, arg0s, arg1s;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT arg0, arg1, arg0s, arg1s;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT val;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT val;
|
unsigned int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
unsigned int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
|
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode)
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode)
|
&& code != VEC_CONCAT
|
&& code != VEC_CONCAT
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_VECTOR
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_VECTOR
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
{
|
{
|
unsigned n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
|
unsigned n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
|
enum machine_mode op0mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
enum machine_mode op0mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
unsigned op0_n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (op0mode);
|
unsigned op0_n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (op0mode);
|
enum machine_mode op1mode = GET_MODE (op1);
|
enum machine_mode op1mode = GET_MODE (op1);
|
unsigned op1_n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (op1mode);
|
unsigned op1_n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (op1mode);
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
unsigned int i;
|
unsigned int i;
|
|
|
gcc_assert (op0_n_elts == n_elts);
|
gcc_assert (op0_n_elts == n_elts);
|
gcc_assert (op1_n_elts == n_elts);
|
gcc_assert (op1_n_elts == n_elts);
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx x = simplify_binary_operation (code, GET_MODE_INNER (mode),
|
rtx x = simplify_binary_operation (code, GET_MODE_INNER (mode),
|
CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op0, i),
|
CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op0, i),
|
CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op1, i));
|
CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op1, i));
|
if (!x)
|
if (!x)
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = x;
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = x;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode)
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode)
|
&& code == VEC_CONCAT
|
&& code == VEC_CONCAT
|
&& CONSTANT_P (op0) && CONSTANT_P (op1))
|
&& CONSTANT_P (op0) && CONSTANT_P (op1))
|
{
|
{
|
unsigned n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
|
unsigned n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
|
|
gcc_assert (n_elts >= 2);
|
gcc_assert (n_elts >= 2);
|
if (n_elts == 2)
|
if (n_elts == 2)
|
{
|
{
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (op0) != CONST_VECTOR);
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (op0) != CONST_VECTOR);
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (op1) != CONST_VECTOR);
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (op1) != CONST_VECTOR);
|
|
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, 0) = op0;
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, 0) = op0;
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, 1) = op1;
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, 1) = op1;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
unsigned op0_n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (GET_MODE (op0));
|
unsigned op0_n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (GET_MODE (op0));
|
unsigned op1_n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (GET_MODE (op1));
|
unsigned op1_n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (GET_MODE (op1));
|
unsigned i;
|
unsigned i;
|
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_VECTOR);
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_VECTOR);
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_VECTOR);
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_VECTOR);
|
gcc_assert (op0_n_elts + op1_n_elts == n_elts);
|
gcc_assert (op0_n_elts + op1_n_elts == n_elts);
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < op0_n_elts; ++i)
|
for (i = 0; i < op0_n_elts; ++i)
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = XVECEXP (op0, 0, i);
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = XVECEXP (op0, 0, i);
|
for (i = 0; i < op1_n_elts; ++i)
|
for (i = 0; i < op1_n_elts; ++i)
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, op0_n_elts+i) = XVECEXP (op1, 0, i);
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, op0_n_elts+i) = XVECEXP (op1, 0, i);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
|
if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
&& GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
&& mode == GET_MODE (op0) && mode == GET_MODE (op1))
|
&& mode == GET_MODE (op0) && mode == GET_MODE (op1))
|
{
|
{
|
if (code == AND
|
if (code == AND
|
|| code == IOR
|
|| code == IOR
|
|| code == XOR)
|
|| code == XOR)
|
{
|
{
|
long tmp0[4];
|
long tmp0[4];
|
long tmp1[4];
|
long tmp1[4];
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
|
int i;
|
int i;
|
|
|
real_to_target (tmp0, CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (op0),
|
real_to_target (tmp0, CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (op0),
|
GET_MODE (op0));
|
GET_MODE (op0));
|
real_to_target (tmp1, CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (op1),
|
real_to_target (tmp1, CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (op1),
|
GET_MODE (op1));
|
GET_MODE (op1));
|
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
|
for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
|
{
|
{
|
switch (code)
|
switch (code)
|
{
|
{
|
case AND:
|
case AND:
|
tmp0[i] &= tmp1[i];
|
tmp0[i] &= tmp1[i];
|
break;
|
break;
|
case IOR:
|
case IOR:
|
tmp0[i] |= tmp1[i];
|
tmp0[i] |= tmp1[i];
|
break;
|
break;
|
case XOR:
|
case XOR:
|
tmp0[i] ^= tmp1[i];
|
tmp0[i] ^= tmp1[i];
|
break;
|
break;
|
default:
|
default:
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
real_from_target (&r, tmp0, mode);
|
real_from_target (&r, tmp0, mode);
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (r, mode);
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (r, mode);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE f0, f1, value, result;
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE f0, f1, value, result;
|
bool inexact;
|
bool inexact;
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (f0, op0);
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (f0, op0);
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (f1, op1);
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (f1, op1);
|
real_convert (&f0, mode, &f0);
|
real_convert (&f0, mode, &f0);
|
real_convert (&f1, mode, &f1);
|
real_convert (&f1, mode, &f1);
|
|
|
if (HONOR_SNANS (mode)
|
if (HONOR_SNANS (mode)
|
&& (REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (f0) || REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (f1)))
|
&& (REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (f0) || REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (f1)))
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
if (code == DIV
|
if (code == DIV
|
&& REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (f1, dconst0)
|
&& REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (f1, dconst0)
|
&& (flag_trapping_math || ! MODE_HAS_INFINITIES (mode)))
|
&& (flag_trapping_math || ! MODE_HAS_INFINITIES (mode)))
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
if (MODE_HAS_INFINITIES (mode) && HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
if (MODE_HAS_INFINITIES (mode) && HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
&& flag_trapping_math
|
&& flag_trapping_math
|
&& REAL_VALUE_ISINF (f0) && REAL_VALUE_ISINF (f1))
|
&& REAL_VALUE_ISINF (f0) && REAL_VALUE_ISINF (f1))
|
{
|
{
|
int s0 = REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (f0);
|
int s0 = REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (f0);
|
int s1 = REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (f1);
|
int s1 = REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (f1);
|
|
|
switch (code)
|
switch (code)
|
{
|
{
|
case PLUS:
|
case PLUS:
|
/* Inf + -Inf = NaN plus exception. */
|
/* Inf + -Inf = NaN plus exception. */
|
if (s0 != s1)
|
if (s0 != s1)
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
break;
|
break;
|
case MINUS:
|
case MINUS:
|
/* Inf - Inf = NaN plus exception. */
|
/* Inf - Inf = NaN plus exception. */
|
if (s0 == s1)
|
if (s0 == s1)
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
break;
|
break;
|
case DIV:
|
case DIV:
|
/* Inf / Inf = NaN plus exception. */
|
/* Inf / Inf = NaN plus exception. */
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
default:
|
default:
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (code == MULT && MODE_HAS_INFINITIES (mode) && HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
if (code == MULT && MODE_HAS_INFINITIES (mode) && HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
&& flag_trapping_math
|
&& flag_trapping_math
|
&& ((REAL_VALUE_ISINF (f0) && REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (f1, dconst0))
|
&& ((REAL_VALUE_ISINF (f0) && REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (f1, dconst0))
|
|| (REAL_VALUE_ISINF (f1)
|
|| (REAL_VALUE_ISINF (f1)
|
&& REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (f0, dconst0))))
|
&& REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (f0, dconst0))))
|
/* Inf * 0 = NaN plus exception. */
|
/* Inf * 0 = NaN plus exception. */
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
inexact = real_arithmetic (&value, rtx_to_tree_code (code),
|
inexact = real_arithmetic (&value, rtx_to_tree_code (code),
|
&f0, &f1);
|
&f0, &f1);
|
real_convert (&result, mode, &value);
|
real_convert (&result, mode, &value);
|
|
|
/* Don't constant fold this floating point operation if
|
/* Don't constant fold this floating point operation if
|
the result has overflowed and flag_trapping_math. */
|
the result has overflowed and flag_trapping_math. */
|
|
|
if (flag_trapping_math
|
if (flag_trapping_math
|
&& MODE_HAS_INFINITIES (mode)
|
&& MODE_HAS_INFINITIES (mode)
|
&& REAL_VALUE_ISINF (result)
|
&& REAL_VALUE_ISINF (result)
|
&& !REAL_VALUE_ISINF (f0)
|
&& !REAL_VALUE_ISINF (f0)
|
&& !REAL_VALUE_ISINF (f1))
|
&& !REAL_VALUE_ISINF (f1))
|
/* Overflow plus exception. */
|
/* Overflow plus exception. */
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
/* Don't constant fold this floating point operation if the
|
/* Don't constant fold this floating point operation if the
|
result may dependent upon the run-time rounding mode and
|
result may dependent upon the run-time rounding mode and
|
flag_rounding_math is set, or if GCC's software emulation
|
flag_rounding_math is set, or if GCC's software emulation
|
is unable to accurately represent the result. */
|
is unable to accurately represent the result. */
|
|
|
if ((flag_rounding_math
|
if ((flag_rounding_math
|
|| (REAL_MODE_FORMAT_COMPOSITE_P (mode)
|
|| (REAL_MODE_FORMAT_COMPOSITE_P (mode)
|
&& !flag_unsafe_math_optimizations))
|
&& !flag_unsafe_math_optimizations))
|
&& (inexact || !real_identical (&result, &value)))
|
&& (inexact || !real_identical (&result, &value)))
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
|
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (result, mode);
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (result, mode);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* We can fold some multi-word operations. */
|
/* We can fold some multi-word operations. */
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
|
&& width == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT * 2
|
&& width == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT * 2
|
&& (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_DOUBLE || GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT)
|
&& (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_DOUBLE || GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT)
|
&& (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE || GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT))
|
&& (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE || GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT))
|
{
|
{
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT l1, l2, lv, lt;
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT l1, l2, lv, lt;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT h1, h2, hv, ht;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT h1, h2, hv, ht;
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
l1 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op0), h1 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op0);
|
l1 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op0), h1 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op0);
|
else
|
else
|
l1 = INTVAL (op0), h1 = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (l1);
|
l1 = INTVAL (op0), h1 = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (l1);
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
l2 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op1), h2 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op1);
|
l2 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (op1), h2 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (op1);
|
else
|
else
|
l2 = INTVAL (op1), h2 = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (l2);
|
l2 = INTVAL (op1), h2 = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (l2);
|
|
|
switch (code)
|
switch (code)
|
{
|
{
|
case MINUS:
|
case MINUS:
|
/* A - B == A + (-B). */
|
/* A - B == A + (-B). */
|
neg_double (l2, h2, &lv, &hv);
|
neg_double (l2, h2, &lv, &hv);
|
l2 = lv, h2 = hv;
|
l2 = lv, h2 = hv;
|
|
|
/* Fall through.... */
|
/* Fall through.... */
|
|
|
case PLUS:
|
case PLUS:
|
add_double (l1, h1, l2, h2, &lv, &hv);
|
add_double (l1, h1, l2, h2, &lv, &hv);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case MULT:
|
case MULT:
|
mul_double (l1, h1, l2, h2, &lv, &hv);
|
mul_double (l1, h1, l2, h2, &lv, &hv);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case DIV:
|
case DIV:
|
if (div_and_round_double (TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, 0, l1, h1, l2, h2,
|
if (div_and_round_double (TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, 0, l1, h1, l2, h2,
|
&lv, &hv, <, &ht))
|
&lv, &hv, <, &ht))
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case MOD:
|
case MOD:
|
if (div_and_round_double (TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, 0, l1, h1, l2, h2,
|
if (div_and_round_double (TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, 0, l1, h1, l2, h2,
|
<, &ht, &lv, &hv))
|
<, &ht, &lv, &hv))
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case UDIV:
|
case UDIV:
|
if (div_and_round_double (TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, 1, l1, h1, l2, h2,
|
if (div_and_round_double (TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, 1, l1, h1, l2, h2,
|
&lv, &hv, <, &ht))
|
&lv, &hv, <, &ht))
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case UMOD:
|
case UMOD:
|
if (div_and_round_double (TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, 1, l1, h1, l2, h2,
|
if (div_and_round_double (TRUNC_DIV_EXPR, 1, l1, h1, l2, h2,
|
<, &ht, &lv, &hv))
|
<, &ht, &lv, &hv))
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case AND:
|
case AND:
|
lv = l1 & l2, hv = h1 & h2;
|
lv = l1 & l2, hv = h1 & h2;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case IOR:
|
case IOR:
|
lv = l1 | l2, hv = h1 | h2;
|
lv = l1 | l2, hv = h1 | h2;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case XOR:
|
case XOR:
|
lv = l1 ^ l2, hv = h1 ^ h2;
|
lv = l1 ^ l2, hv = h1 ^ h2;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case SMIN:
|
case SMIN:
|
if (h1 < h2
|
if (h1 < h2
|
|| (h1 == h2
|
|| (h1 == h2
|
&& ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) l1
|
&& ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) l1
|
< (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) l2)))
|
< (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) l2)))
|
lv = l1, hv = h1;
|
lv = l1, hv = h1;
|
else
|
else
|
lv = l2, hv = h2;
|
lv = l2, hv = h2;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case SMAX:
|
case SMAX:
|
if (h1 > h2
|
if (h1 > h2
|
|| (h1 == h2
|
|| (h1 == h2
|
&& ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) l1
|
&& ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) l1
|
> (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) l2)))
|
> (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) l2)))
|
lv = l1, hv = h1;
|
lv = l1, hv = h1;
|
else
|
else
|
lv = l2, hv = h2;
|
lv = l2, hv = h2;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case UMIN:
|
case UMIN:
|
if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) h1 < (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) h2
|
if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) h1 < (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) h2
|
|| (h1 == h2
|
|| (h1 == h2
|
&& ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) l1
|
&& ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) l1
|
< (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) l2)))
|
< (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) l2)))
|
lv = l1, hv = h1;
|
lv = l1, hv = h1;
|
else
|
else
|
lv = l2, hv = h2;
|
lv = l2, hv = h2;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case UMAX:
|
case UMAX:
|
if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) h1 > (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) h2
|
if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) h1 > (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) h2
|
|| (h1 == h2
|
|| (h1 == h2
|
&& ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) l1
|
&& ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) l1
|
> (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) l2)))
|
> (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) l2)))
|
lv = l1, hv = h1;
|
lv = l1, hv = h1;
|
else
|
else
|
lv = l2, hv = h2;
|
lv = l2, hv = h2;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case LSHIFTRT: case ASHIFTRT:
|
case LSHIFTRT: case ASHIFTRT:
|
case ASHIFT:
|
case ASHIFT:
|
case ROTATE: case ROTATERT:
|
case ROTATE: case ROTATERT:
|
if (SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED)
|
if (SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED)
|
l2 &= (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1), h2 = 0;
|
l2 &= (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) - 1), h2 = 0;
|
|
|
if (h2 != 0 || l2 >= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
|
if (h2 != 0 || l2 >= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
if (code == LSHIFTRT || code == ASHIFTRT)
|
if (code == LSHIFTRT || code == ASHIFTRT)
|
rshift_double (l1, h1, l2, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), &lv, &hv,
|
rshift_double (l1, h1, l2, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), &lv, &hv,
|
code == ASHIFTRT);
|
code == ASHIFTRT);
|
else if (code == ASHIFT)
|
else if (code == ASHIFT)
|
lshift_double (l1, h1, l2, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), &lv, &hv, 1);
|
lshift_double (l1, h1, l2, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), &lv, &hv, 1);
|
else if (code == ROTATE)
|
else if (code == ROTATE)
|
lrotate_double (l1, h1, l2, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), &lv, &hv);
|
lrotate_double (l1, h1, l2, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), &lv, &hv);
|
else /* code == ROTATERT */
|
else /* code == ROTATERT */
|
rrotate_double (l1, h1, l2, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), &lv, &hv);
|
rrotate_double (l1, h1, l2, GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode), &lv, &hv);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return immed_double_const (lv, hv, mode);
|
return immed_double_const (lv, hv, mode);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
&& width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT && width != 0)
|
&& width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT && width != 0)
|
{
|
{
|
/* Get the integer argument values in two forms:
|
/* Get the integer argument values in two forms:
|
zero-extended in ARG0, ARG1 and sign-extended in ARG0S, ARG1S. */
|
zero-extended in ARG0, ARG1 and sign-extended in ARG0S, ARG1S. */
|
|
|
arg0 = INTVAL (op0);
|
arg0 = INTVAL (op0);
|
arg1 = INTVAL (op1);
|
arg1 = INTVAL (op1);
|
|
|
if (width < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
if (width < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
arg0 &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1;
|
arg0 &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1;
|
arg1 &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1;
|
arg1 &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1;
|
|
|
arg0s = arg0;
|
arg0s = arg0;
|
if (arg0s & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1)))
|
if (arg0s & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1)))
|
arg0s |= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << width);
|
arg0s |= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << width);
|
|
|
arg1s = arg1;
|
arg1s = arg1;
|
if (arg1s & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1)))
|
if (arg1s & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1)))
|
arg1s |= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << width);
|
arg1s |= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << width);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
arg0s = arg0;
|
arg0s = arg0;
|
arg1s = arg1;
|
arg1s = arg1;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Compute the value of the arithmetic. */
|
/* Compute the value of the arithmetic. */
|
|
|
switch (code)
|
switch (code)
|
{
|
{
|
case PLUS:
|
case PLUS:
|
val = arg0s + arg1s;
|
val = arg0s + arg1s;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case MINUS:
|
case MINUS:
|
val = arg0s - arg1s;
|
val = arg0s - arg1s;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case MULT:
|
case MULT:
|
val = arg0s * arg1s;
|
val = arg0s * arg1s;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case DIV:
|
case DIV:
|
if (arg1s == 0
|
if (arg1s == 0
|
|| (arg0s == (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1)
|
|| (arg0s == (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1)
|
&& arg1s == -1))
|
&& arg1s == -1))
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
val = arg0s / arg1s;
|
val = arg0s / arg1s;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case MOD:
|
case MOD:
|
if (arg1s == 0
|
if (arg1s == 0
|
|| (arg0s == (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1)
|
|| (arg0s == (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1)
|
&& arg1s == -1))
|
&& arg1s == -1))
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
val = arg0s % arg1s;
|
val = arg0s % arg1s;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case UDIV:
|
case UDIV:
|
if (arg1 == 0
|
if (arg1 == 0
|
|| (arg0s == (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1)
|
|| (arg0s == (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1)
|
&& arg1s == -1))
|
&& arg1s == -1))
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
val = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0 / arg1;
|
val = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0 / arg1;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case UMOD:
|
case UMOD:
|
if (arg1 == 0
|
if (arg1 == 0
|
|| (arg0s == (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1)
|
|| (arg0s == (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT - 1)
|
&& arg1s == -1))
|
&& arg1s == -1))
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
val = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0 % arg1;
|
val = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0 % arg1;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case AND:
|
case AND:
|
val = arg0 & arg1;
|
val = arg0 & arg1;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case IOR:
|
case IOR:
|
val = arg0 | arg1;
|
val = arg0 | arg1;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case XOR:
|
case XOR:
|
val = arg0 ^ arg1;
|
val = arg0 ^ arg1;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case LSHIFTRT:
|
case LSHIFTRT:
|
case ASHIFT:
|
case ASHIFT:
|
case ASHIFTRT:
|
case ASHIFTRT:
|
/* Truncate the shift if SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED, otherwise make sure
|
/* Truncate the shift if SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED, otherwise make sure
|
the value is in range. We can't return any old value for
|
the value is in range. We can't return any old value for
|
out-of-range arguments because either the middle-end (via
|
out-of-range arguments because either the middle-end (via
|
shift_truncation_mask) or the back-end might be relying on
|
shift_truncation_mask) or the back-end might be relying on
|
target-specific knowledge. Nor can we rely on
|
target-specific knowledge. Nor can we rely on
|
shift_truncation_mask, since the shift might not be part of an
|
shift_truncation_mask, since the shift might not be part of an
|
ashlM3, lshrM3 or ashrM3 instruction. */
|
ashlM3, lshrM3 or ashrM3 instruction. */
|
if (SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED)
|
if (SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED)
|
arg1 = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg1 % width;
|
arg1 = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg1 % width;
|
else if (arg1 < 0 || arg1 >= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
|
else if (arg1 < 0 || arg1 >= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode))
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
val = (code == ASHIFT
|
val = (code == ASHIFT
|
? ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0) << arg1
|
? ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0) << arg1
|
: ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0) >> arg1);
|
: ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0) >> arg1);
|
|
|
/* Sign-extend the result for arithmetic right shifts. */
|
/* Sign-extend the result for arithmetic right shifts. */
|
if (code == ASHIFTRT && arg0s < 0 && arg1 > 0)
|
if (code == ASHIFTRT && arg0s < 0 && arg1 > 0)
|
val |= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) -1) << (width - arg1);
|
val |= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) -1) << (width - arg1);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case ROTATERT:
|
case ROTATERT:
|
if (arg1 < 0)
|
if (arg1 < 0)
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
arg1 %= width;
|
arg1 %= width;
|
val = ((((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0) << (width - arg1))
|
val = ((((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0) << (width - arg1))
|
| (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0) >> arg1));
|
| (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0) >> arg1));
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case ROTATE:
|
case ROTATE:
|
if (arg1 < 0)
|
if (arg1 < 0)
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
arg1 %= width;
|
arg1 %= width;
|
val = ((((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0) << arg1)
|
val = ((((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0) << arg1)
|
| (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0) >> (width - arg1)));
|
| (((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0) >> (width - arg1)));
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case COMPARE:
|
case COMPARE:
|
/* Do nothing here. */
|
/* Do nothing here. */
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
case SMIN:
|
case SMIN:
|
val = arg0s <= arg1s ? arg0s : arg1s;
|
val = arg0s <= arg1s ? arg0s : arg1s;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case UMIN:
|
case UMIN:
|
val = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0
|
val = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0
|
<= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg1 ? arg0 : arg1);
|
<= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg1 ? arg0 : arg1);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case SMAX:
|
case SMAX:
|
val = arg0s > arg1s ? arg0s : arg1s;
|
val = arg0s > arg1s ? arg0s : arg1s;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case UMAX:
|
case UMAX:
|
val = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0
|
val = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg0
|
> (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg1 ? arg0 : arg1);
|
> (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) arg1 ? arg0 : arg1);
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case SS_PLUS:
|
case SS_PLUS:
|
case US_PLUS:
|
case US_PLUS:
|
case SS_MINUS:
|
case SS_MINUS:
|
case US_MINUS:
|
case US_MINUS:
|
case SS_ASHIFT:
|
case SS_ASHIFT:
|
/* ??? There are simplifications that can be done. */
|
/* ??? There are simplifications that can be done. */
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return gen_int_mode (val, mode);
|
return gen_int_mode (val, mode);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Simplify a PLUS or MINUS, at least one of whose operands may be another
|
/* Simplify a PLUS or MINUS, at least one of whose operands may be another
|
PLUS or MINUS.
|
PLUS or MINUS.
|
|
|
Rather than test for specific case, we do this by a brute-force method
|
Rather than test for specific case, we do this by a brute-force method
|
and do all possible simplifications until no more changes occur. Then
|
and do all possible simplifications until no more changes occur. Then
|
we rebuild the operation. */
|
we rebuild the operation. */
|
|
|
struct simplify_plus_minus_op_data
|
struct simplify_plus_minus_op_data
|
{
|
{
|
rtx op;
|
rtx op;
|
short neg;
|
short neg;
|
};
|
};
|
|
|
static int
|
static int
|
simplify_plus_minus_op_data_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
|
simplify_plus_minus_op_data_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
|
{
|
{
|
const struct simplify_plus_minus_op_data *d1 = p1;
|
const struct simplify_plus_minus_op_data *d1 = p1;
|
const struct simplify_plus_minus_op_data *d2 = p2;
|
const struct simplify_plus_minus_op_data *d2 = p2;
|
int result;
|
int result;
|
|
|
result = (commutative_operand_precedence (d2->op)
|
result = (commutative_operand_precedence (d2->op)
|
- commutative_operand_precedence (d1->op));
|
- commutative_operand_precedence (d1->op));
|
if (result)
|
if (result)
|
return result;
|
return result;
|
|
|
/* Group together equal REGs to do more simplification. */
|
/* Group together equal REGs to do more simplification. */
|
if (REG_P (d1->op) && REG_P (d2->op))
|
if (REG_P (d1->op) && REG_P (d2->op))
|
return REGNO (d1->op) - REGNO (d2->op);
|
return REGNO (d1->op) - REGNO (d2->op);
|
else
|
else
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
static rtx
|
static rtx
|
simplify_plus_minus (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0,
|
simplify_plus_minus (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode, rtx op0,
|
rtx op1)
|
rtx op1)
|
{
|
{
|
struct simplify_plus_minus_op_data ops[8];
|
struct simplify_plus_minus_op_data ops[8];
|
rtx result, tem;
|
rtx result, tem;
|
int n_ops = 2, input_ops = 2;
|
int n_ops = 2, input_ops = 2;
|
int changed, n_constants = 0, canonicalized = 0;
|
int changed, n_constants = 0, canonicalized = 0;
|
int i, j;
|
int i, j;
|
|
|
memset (ops, 0, sizeof ops);
|
memset (ops, 0, sizeof ops);
|
|
|
/* Set up the two operands and then expand them until nothing has been
|
/* Set up the two operands and then expand them until nothing has been
|
changed. If we run out of room in our array, give up; this should
|
changed. If we run out of room in our array, give up; this should
|
almost never happen. */
|
almost never happen. */
|
|
|
ops[0].op = op0;
|
ops[0].op = op0;
|
ops[0].neg = 0;
|
ops[0].neg = 0;
|
ops[1].op = op1;
|
ops[1].op = op1;
|
ops[1].neg = (code == MINUS);
|
ops[1].neg = (code == MINUS);
|
|
|
do
|
do
|
{
|
{
|
changed = 0;
|
changed = 0;
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n_ops; i++)
|
for (i = 0; i < n_ops; i++)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx this_op = ops[i].op;
|
rtx this_op = ops[i].op;
|
int this_neg = ops[i].neg;
|
int this_neg = ops[i].neg;
|
enum rtx_code this_code = GET_CODE (this_op);
|
enum rtx_code this_code = GET_CODE (this_op);
|
|
|
switch (this_code)
|
switch (this_code)
|
{
|
{
|
case PLUS:
|
case PLUS:
|
case MINUS:
|
case MINUS:
|
if (n_ops == 7)
|
if (n_ops == 7)
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
|
|
ops[n_ops].op = XEXP (this_op, 1);
|
ops[n_ops].op = XEXP (this_op, 1);
|
ops[n_ops].neg = (this_code == MINUS) ^ this_neg;
|
ops[n_ops].neg = (this_code == MINUS) ^ this_neg;
|
n_ops++;
|
n_ops++;
|
|
|
ops[i].op = XEXP (this_op, 0);
|
ops[i].op = XEXP (this_op, 0);
|
input_ops++;
|
input_ops++;
|
changed = 1;
|
changed = 1;
|
canonicalized |= this_neg;
|
canonicalized |= this_neg;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case NEG:
|
case NEG:
|
ops[i].op = XEXP (this_op, 0);
|
ops[i].op = XEXP (this_op, 0);
|
ops[i].neg = ! this_neg;
|
ops[i].neg = ! this_neg;
|
changed = 1;
|
changed = 1;
|
canonicalized = 1;
|
canonicalized = 1;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case CONST:
|
case CONST:
|
if (n_ops < 7
|
if (n_ops < 7
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (this_op, 0)) == PLUS
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (this_op, 0)) == PLUS
|
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (this_op, 0), 0))
|
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (this_op, 0), 0))
|
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (this_op, 0), 1)))
|
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (this_op, 0), 1)))
|
{
|
{
|
ops[i].op = XEXP (XEXP (this_op, 0), 0);
|
ops[i].op = XEXP (XEXP (this_op, 0), 0);
|
ops[n_ops].op = XEXP (XEXP (this_op, 0), 1);
|
ops[n_ops].op = XEXP (XEXP (this_op, 0), 1);
|
ops[n_ops].neg = this_neg;
|
ops[n_ops].neg = this_neg;
|
n_ops++;
|
n_ops++;
|
changed = 1;
|
changed = 1;
|
canonicalized = 1;
|
canonicalized = 1;
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case NOT:
|
case NOT:
|
/* ~a -> (-a - 1) */
|
/* ~a -> (-a - 1) */
|
if (n_ops != 7)
|
if (n_ops != 7)
|
{
|
{
|
ops[n_ops].op = constm1_rtx;
|
ops[n_ops].op = constm1_rtx;
|
ops[n_ops++].neg = this_neg;
|
ops[n_ops++].neg = this_neg;
|
ops[i].op = XEXP (this_op, 0);
|
ops[i].op = XEXP (this_op, 0);
|
ops[i].neg = !this_neg;
|
ops[i].neg = !this_neg;
|
changed = 1;
|
changed = 1;
|
canonicalized = 1;
|
canonicalized = 1;
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case CONST_INT:
|
case CONST_INT:
|
n_constants++;
|
n_constants++;
|
if (this_neg)
|
if (this_neg)
|
{
|
{
|
ops[i].op = neg_const_int (mode, this_op);
|
ops[i].op = neg_const_int (mode, this_op);
|
ops[i].neg = 0;
|
ops[i].neg = 0;
|
changed = 1;
|
changed = 1;
|
canonicalized = 1;
|
canonicalized = 1;
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
while (changed);
|
while (changed);
|
|
|
if (n_constants > 1)
|
if (n_constants > 1)
|
canonicalized = 1;
|
canonicalized = 1;
|
|
|
gcc_assert (n_ops >= 2);
|
gcc_assert (n_ops >= 2);
|
|
|
/* If we only have two operands, we can avoid the loops. */
|
/* If we only have two operands, we can avoid the loops. */
|
if (n_ops == 2)
|
if (n_ops == 2)
|
{
|
{
|
enum rtx_code code = ops[0].neg || ops[1].neg ? MINUS : PLUS;
|
enum rtx_code code = ops[0].neg || ops[1].neg ? MINUS : PLUS;
|
rtx lhs, rhs;
|
rtx lhs, rhs;
|
|
|
/* Get the two operands. Be careful with the order, especially for
|
/* Get the two operands. Be careful with the order, especially for
|
the cases where code == MINUS. */
|
the cases where code == MINUS. */
|
if (ops[0].neg && ops[1].neg)
|
if (ops[0].neg && ops[1].neg)
|
{
|
{
|
lhs = gen_rtx_NEG (mode, ops[0].op);
|
lhs = gen_rtx_NEG (mode, ops[0].op);
|
rhs = ops[1].op;
|
rhs = ops[1].op;
|
}
|
}
|
else if (ops[0].neg)
|
else if (ops[0].neg)
|
{
|
{
|
lhs = ops[1].op;
|
lhs = ops[1].op;
|
rhs = ops[0].op;
|
rhs = ops[0].op;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
lhs = ops[0].op;
|
lhs = ops[0].op;
|
rhs = ops[1].op;
|
rhs = ops[1].op;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return simplify_const_binary_operation (code, mode, lhs, rhs);
|
return simplify_const_binary_operation (code, mode, lhs, rhs);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Now simplify each pair of operands until nothing changes. */
|
/* Now simplify each pair of operands until nothing changes. */
|
do
|
do
|
{
|
{
|
/* Insertion sort is good enough for an eight-element array. */
|
/* Insertion sort is good enough for an eight-element array. */
|
for (i = 1; i < n_ops; i++)
|
for (i = 1; i < n_ops; i++)
|
{
|
{
|
struct simplify_plus_minus_op_data save;
|
struct simplify_plus_minus_op_data save;
|
j = i - 1;
|
j = i - 1;
|
if (simplify_plus_minus_op_data_cmp (&ops[j], &ops[i]) < 0)
|
if (simplify_plus_minus_op_data_cmp (&ops[j], &ops[i]) < 0)
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
|
|
canonicalized = 1;
|
canonicalized = 1;
|
save = ops[i];
|
save = ops[i];
|
do
|
do
|
ops[j + 1] = ops[j];
|
ops[j + 1] = ops[j];
|
while (j-- && simplify_plus_minus_op_data_cmp (&ops[j], &save) > 0);
|
while (j-- && simplify_plus_minus_op_data_cmp (&ops[j], &save) > 0);
|
ops[j + 1] = save;
|
ops[j + 1] = save;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* This is only useful the first time through. */
|
/* This is only useful the first time through. */
|
if (!canonicalized)
|
if (!canonicalized)
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
|
|
changed = 0;
|
changed = 0;
|
for (i = n_ops - 1; i > 0; i--)
|
for (i = n_ops - 1; i > 0; i--)
|
for (j = i - 1; j >= 0; j--)
|
for (j = i - 1; j >= 0; j--)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx lhs = ops[j].op, rhs = ops[i].op;
|
rtx lhs = ops[j].op, rhs = ops[i].op;
|
int lneg = ops[j].neg, rneg = ops[i].neg;
|
int lneg = ops[j].neg, rneg = ops[i].neg;
|
|
|
if (lhs != 0 && rhs != 0)
|
if (lhs != 0 && rhs != 0)
|
{
|
{
|
enum rtx_code ncode = PLUS;
|
enum rtx_code ncode = PLUS;
|
|
|
if (lneg != rneg)
|
if (lneg != rneg)
|
{
|
{
|
ncode = MINUS;
|
ncode = MINUS;
|
if (lneg)
|
if (lneg)
|
tem = lhs, lhs = rhs, rhs = tem;
|
tem = lhs, lhs = rhs, rhs = tem;
|
}
|
}
|
else if (swap_commutative_operands_p (lhs, rhs))
|
else if (swap_commutative_operands_p (lhs, rhs))
|
tem = lhs, lhs = rhs, rhs = tem;
|
tem = lhs, lhs = rhs, rhs = tem;
|
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (lhs) == CONST || GET_CODE (lhs) == CONST_INT)
|
if ((GET_CODE (lhs) == CONST || GET_CODE (lhs) == CONST_INT)
|
&& (GET_CODE (rhs) == CONST || GET_CODE (rhs) == CONST_INT))
|
&& (GET_CODE (rhs) == CONST || GET_CODE (rhs) == CONST_INT))
|
{
|
{
|
rtx tem_lhs, tem_rhs;
|
rtx tem_lhs, tem_rhs;
|
|
|
tem_lhs = GET_CODE (lhs) == CONST ? XEXP (lhs, 0) : lhs;
|
tem_lhs = GET_CODE (lhs) == CONST ? XEXP (lhs, 0) : lhs;
|
tem_rhs = GET_CODE (rhs) == CONST ? XEXP (rhs, 0) : rhs;
|
tem_rhs = GET_CODE (rhs) == CONST ? XEXP (rhs, 0) : rhs;
|
tem = simplify_binary_operation (ncode, mode, tem_lhs, tem_rhs);
|
tem = simplify_binary_operation (ncode, mode, tem_lhs, tem_rhs);
|
|
|
if (tem && !CONSTANT_P (tem))
|
if (tem && !CONSTANT_P (tem))
|
tem = gen_rtx_CONST (GET_MODE (tem), tem);
|
tem = gen_rtx_CONST (GET_MODE (tem), tem);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
tem = simplify_binary_operation (ncode, mode, lhs, rhs);
|
tem = simplify_binary_operation (ncode, mode, lhs, rhs);
|
|
|
/* Reject "simplifications" that just wrap the two
|
/* Reject "simplifications" that just wrap the two
|
arguments in a CONST. Failure to do so can result
|
arguments in a CONST. Failure to do so can result
|
in infinite recursion with simplify_binary_operation
|
in infinite recursion with simplify_binary_operation
|
when it calls us to simplify CONST operations. */
|
when it calls us to simplify CONST operations. */
|
if (tem
|
if (tem
|
&& ! (GET_CODE (tem) == CONST
|
&& ! (GET_CODE (tem) == CONST
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == ncode
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == ncode
|
&& XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 0) == lhs
|
&& XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 0) == lhs
|
&& XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 1) == rhs))
|
&& XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 1) == rhs))
|
{
|
{
|
lneg &= rneg;
|
lneg &= rneg;
|
if (GET_CODE (tem) == NEG)
|
if (GET_CODE (tem) == NEG)
|
tem = XEXP (tem, 0), lneg = !lneg;
|
tem = XEXP (tem, 0), lneg = !lneg;
|
if (GET_CODE (tem) == CONST_INT && lneg)
|
if (GET_CODE (tem) == CONST_INT && lneg)
|
tem = neg_const_int (mode, tem), lneg = 0;
|
tem = neg_const_int (mode, tem), lneg = 0;
|
|
|
ops[i].op = tem;
|
ops[i].op = tem;
|
ops[i].neg = lneg;
|
ops[i].neg = lneg;
|
ops[j].op = NULL_RTX;
|
ops[j].op = NULL_RTX;
|
changed = 1;
|
changed = 1;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Pack all the operands to the lower-numbered entries. */
|
/* Pack all the operands to the lower-numbered entries. */
|
for (i = 0, j = 0; j < n_ops; j++)
|
for (i = 0, j = 0; j < n_ops; j++)
|
if (ops[j].op)
|
if (ops[j].op)
|
{
|
{
|
ops[i] = ops[j];
|
ops[i] = ops[j];
|
i++;
|
i++;
|
}
|
}
|
n_ops = i;
|
n_ops = i;
|
}
|
}
|
while (changed);
|
while (changed);
|
|
|
/* Create (minus -C X) instead of (neg (const (plus X C))). */
|
/* Create (minus -C X) instead of (neg (const (plus X C))). */
|
if (n_ops == 2
|
if (n_ops == 2
|
&& GET_CODE (ops[1].op) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (ops[1].op) == CONST_INT
|
&& CONSTANT_P (ops[0].op)
|
&& CONSTANT_P (ops[0].op)
|
&& ops[0].neg)
|
&& ops[0].neg)
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (MINUS, mode, ops[1].op, ops[0].op);
|
return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (MINUS, mode, ops[1].op, ops[0].op);
|
|
|
/* We suppressed creation of trivial CONST expressions in the
|
/* We suppressed creation of trivial CONST expressions in the
|
combination loop to avoid recursion. Create one manually now.
|
combination loop to avoid recursion. Create one manually now.
|
The combination loop should have ensured that there is exactly
|
The combination loop should have ensured that there is exactly
|
one CONST_INT, and the sort will have ensured that it is last
|
one CONST_INT, and the sort will have ensured that it is last
|
in the array and that any other constant will be next-to-last. */
|
in the array and that any other constant will be next-to-last. */
|
|
|
if (n_ops > 1
|
if (n_ops > 1
|
&& GET_CODE (ops[n_ops - 1].op) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (ops[n_ops - 1].op) == CONST_INT
|
&& CONSTANT_P (ops[n_ops - 2].op))
|
&& CONSTANT_P (ops[n_ops - 2].op))
|
{
|
{
|
rtx value = ops[n_ops - 1].op;
|
rtx value = ops[n_ops - 1].op;
|
if (ops[n_ops - 1].neg ^ ops[n_ops - 2].neg)
|
if (ops[n_ops - 1].neg ^ ops[n_ops - 2].neg)
|
value = neg_const_int (mode, value);
|
value = neg_const_int (mode, value);
|
ops[n_ops - 2].op = plus_constant (ops[n_ops - 2].op, INTVAL (value));
|
ops[n_ops - 2].op = plus_constant (ops[n_ops - 2].op, INTVAL (value));
|
n_ops--;
|
n_ops--;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Put a non-negated operand first, if possible. */
|
/* Put a non-negated operand first, if possible. */
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n_ops && ops[i].neg; i++)
|
for (i = 0; i < n_ops && ops[i].neg; i++)
|
continue;
|
continue;
|
if (i == n_ops)
|
if (i == n_ops)
|
ops[0].op = gen_rtx_NEG (mode, ops[0].op);
|
ops[0].op = gen_rtx_NEG (mode, ops[0].op);
|
else if (i != 0)
|
else if (i != 0)
|
{
|
{
|
tem = ops[0].op;
|
tem = ops[0].op;
|
ops[0] = ops[i];
|
ops[0] = ops[i];
|
ops[i].op = tem;
|
ops[i].op = tem;
|
ops[i].neg = 1;
|
ops[i].neg = 1;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Now make the result by performing the requested operations. */
|
/* Now make the result by performing the requested operations. */
|
result = ops[0].op;
|
result = ops[0].op;
|
for (i = 1; i < n_ops; i++)
|
for (i = 1; i < n_ops; i++)
|
result = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (ops[i].neg ? MINUS : PLUS,
|
result = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (ops[i].neg ? MINUS : PLUS,
|
mode, result, ops[i].op);
|
mode, result, ops[i].op);
|
|
|
return result;
|
return result;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Check whether an operand is suitable for calling simplify_plus_minus. */
|
/* Check whether an operand is suitable for calling simplify_plus_minus. */
|
static bool
|
static bool
|
plus_minus_operand_p (rtx x)
|
plus_minus_operand_p (rtx x)
|
{
|
{
|
return GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
|
return GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
|
|| GET_CODE (x) == MINUS
|
|| GET_CODE (x) == MINUS
|
|| (GET_CODE (x) == CONST
|
|| (GET_CODE (x) == CONST
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
|
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0))
|
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0))
|
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)));
|
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Like simplify_binary_operation except used for relational operators.
|
/* Like simplify_binary_operation except used for relational operators.
|
MODE is the mode of the result. If MODE is VOIDmode, both operands must
|
MODE is the mode of the result. If MODE is VOIDmode, both operands must
|
not also be VOIDmode.
|
not also be VOIDmode.
|
|
|
CMP_MODE specifies in which mode the comparison is done in, so it is
|
CMP_MODE specifies in which mode the comparison is done in, so it is
|
the mode of the operands. If CMP_MODE is VOIDmode, it is taken from
|
the mode of the operands. If CMP_MODE is VOIDmode, it is taken from
|
the operands or, if both are VOIDmode, the operands are compared in
|
the operands or, if both are VOIDmode, the operands are compared in
|
"infinite precision". */
|
"infinite precision". */
|
rtx
|
rtx
|
simplify_relational_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
simplify_relational_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
enum machine_mode cmp_mode, rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
enum machine_mode cmp_mode, rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx tem, trueop0, trueop1;
|
rtx tem, trueop0, trueop1;
|
|
|
if (cmp_mode == VOIDmode)
|
if (cmp_mode == VOIDmode)
|
cmp_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
cmp_mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
if (cmp_mode == VOIDmode)
|
if (cmp_mode == VOIDmode)
|
cmp_mode = GET_MODE (op1);
|
cmp_mode = GET_MODE (op1);
|
|
|
tem = simplify_const_relational_operation (code, cmp_mode, op0, op1);
|
tem = simplify_const_relational_operation (code, cmp_mode, op0, op1);
|
if (tem)
|
if (tem)
|
{
|
{
|
if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
|
if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
|
{
|
{
|
if (tem == const0_rtx)
|
if (tem == const0_rtx)
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
#ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
|
#ifdef FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
|
{
|
{
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE val;
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE val;
|
val = FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (mode);
|
val = FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (mode);
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (val, mode);
|
return CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (val, mode);
|
}
|
}
|
#else
|
#else
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
#endif
|
#endif
|
}
|
}
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode))
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode))
|
{
|
{
|
if (tem == const0_rtx)
|
if (tem == const0_rtx)
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
return CONST0_RTX (mode);
|
#ifdef VECTOR_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
|
#ifdef VECTOR_STORE_FLAG_VALUE
|
{
|
{
|
int i, units;
|
int i, units;
|
rtvec v;
|
rtvec v;
|
|
|
rtx val = VECTOR_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (mode);
|
rtx val = VECTOR_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (mode);
|
if (val == NULL_RTX)
|
if (val == NULL_RTX)
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
if (val == const1_rtx)
|
if (val == const1_rtx)
|
return CONST1_RTX (mode);
|
return CONST1_RTX (mode);
|
|
|
units = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
|
units = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
|
v = rtvec_alloc (units);
|
v = rtvec_alloc (units);
|
for (i = 0; i < units; i++)
|
for (i = 0; i < units; i++)
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = val;
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = val;
|
return gen_rtx_raw_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
return gen_rtx_raw_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
}
|
}
|
#else
|
#else
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
#endif
|
#endif
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return tem;
|
return tem;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* For the following tests, ensure const0_rtx is op1. */
|
/* For the following tests, ensure const0_rtx is op1. */
|
if (swap_commutative_operands_p (op0, op1)
|
if (swap_commutative_operands_p (op0, op1)
|
|| (op0 == const0_rtx && op1 != const0_rtx))
|
|| (op0 == const0_rtx && op1 != const0_rtx))
|
tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem, code = swap_condition (code);
|
tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem, code = swap_condition (code);
|
|
|
/* If op0 is a compare, extract the comparison arguments from it. */
|
/* If op0 is a compare, extract the comparison arguments from it. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == COMPARE && op1 == const0_rtx)
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == COMPARE && op1 == const0_rtx)
|
return simplify_relational_operation (code, mode, VOIDmode,
|
return simplify_relational_operation (code, mode, VOIDmode,
|
XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op0, 1));
|
XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op0, 1));
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (cmp_mode) == MODE_CC
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (cmp_mode) == MODE_CC
|
|| CC0_P (op0))
|
|| CC0_P (op0))
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
|
|
trueop0 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op0);
|
trueop0 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op0);
|
trueop1 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op1);
|
trueop1 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op1);
|
return simplify_relational_operation_1 (code, mode, cmp_mode,
|
return simplify_relational_operation_1 (code, mode, cmp_mode,
|
trueop0, trueop1);
|
trueop0, trueop1);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* This part of simplify_relational_operation is only used when CMP_MODE
|
/* This part of simplify_relational_operation is only used when CMP_MODE
|
is not in class MODE_CC (i.e. it is a real comparison).
|
is not in class MODE_CC (i.e. it is a real comparison).
|
|
|
MODE is the mode of the result, while CMP_MODE specifies in which
|
MODE is the mode of the result, while CMP_MODE specifies in which
|
mode the comparison is done in, so it is the mode of the operands. */
|
mode the comparison is done in, so it is the mode of the operands. */
|
|
|
static rtx
|
static rtx
|
simplify_relational_operation_1 (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
simplify_relational_operation_1 (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
enum machine_mode cmp_mode, rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
enum machine_mode cmp_mode, rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
{
|
{
|
enum rtx_code op0code = GET_CODE (op0);
|
enum rtx_code op0code = GET_CODE (op0);
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
if (INTVAL (op1) == 0 && COMPARISON_P (op0))
|
if (INTVAL (op1) == 0 && COMPARISON_P (op0))
|
{
|
{
|
/* If op0 is a comparison, extract the comparison arguments
|
/* If op0 is a comparison, extract the comparison arguments
|
from it. */
|
from it. */
|
if (code == NE)
|
if (code == NE)
|
{
|
{
|
if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode)
|
if (GET_MODE (op0) == mode)
|
return simplify_rtx (op0);
|
return simplify_rtx (op0);
|
else
|
else
|
return simplify_gen_relational (GET_CODE (op0), mode, VOIDmode,
|
return simplify_gen_relational (GET_CODE (op0), mode, VOIDmode,
|
XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op0, 1));
|
XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op0, 1));
|
}
|
}
|
else if (code == EQ)
|
else if (code == EQ)
|
{
|
{
|
enum rtx_code new_code = reversed_comparison_code (op0, NULL_RTX);
|
enum rtx_code new_code = reversed_comparison_code (op0, NULL_RTX);
|
if (new_code != UNKNOWN)
|
if (new_code != UNKNOWN)
|
return simplify_gen_relational (new_code, mode, VOIDmode,
|
return simplify_gen_relational (new_code, mode, VOIDmode,
|
XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op0, 1));
|
XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op0, 1));
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* (eq/ne (plus x cst1) cst2) simplifies to (eq/ne x (cst2 - cst1)) */
|
/* (eq/ne (plus x cst1) cst2) simplifies to (eq/ne x (cst2 - cst1)) */
|
if ((code == EQ || code == NE)
|
if ((code == EQ || code == NE)
|
&& (op0code == PLUS || op0code == MINUS)
|
&& (op0code == PLUS || op0code == MINUS)
|
&& CONSTANT_P (op1)
|
&& CONSTANT_P (op1)
|
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op0, 1))
|
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (op0, 1))
|
&& (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (cmp_mode) || flag_unsafe_math_optimizations))
|
&& (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (cmp_mode) || flag_unsafe_math_optimizations))
|
{
|
{
|
rtx x = XEXP (op0, 0);
|
rtx x = XEXP (op0, 0);
|
rtx c = XEXP (op0, 1);
|
rtx c = XEXP (op0, 1);
|
|
|
c = simplify_gen_binary (op0code == PLUS ? MINUS : PLUS,
|
c = simplify_gen_binary (op0code == PLUS ? MINUS : PLUS,
|
cmp_mode, op1, c);
|
cmp_mode, op1, c);
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, cmp_mode, x, c);
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, cmp_mode, x, c);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* (ne:SI (zero_extract:SI FOO (const_int 1) BAR) (const_int 0))) is
|
/* (ne:SI (zero_extract:SI FOO (const_int 1) BAR) (const_int 0))) is
|
the same as (zero_extract:SI FOO (const_int 1) BAR). */
|
the same as (zero_extract:SI FOO (const_int 1) BAR). */
|
if (code == NE
|
if (code == NE
|
&& op1 == const0_rtx
|
&& op1 == const0_rtx
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
|
&& cmp_mode != VOIDmode
|
&& cmp_mode != VOIDmode
|
/* ??? Work-around BImode bugs in the ia64 backend. */
|
/* ??? Work-around BImode bugs in the ia64 backend. */
|
&& mode != BImode
|
&& mode != BImode
|
&& cmp_mode != BImode
|
&& cmp_mode != BImode
|
&& nonzero_bits (op0, cmp_mode) == 1
|
&& nonzero_bits (op0, cmp_mode) == 1
|
&& STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1)
|
&& STORE_FLAG_VALUE == 1)
|
return GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (cmp_mode)
|
return GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (cmp_mode)
|
? simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, op0, cmp_mode)
|
? simplify_gen_unary (ZERO_EXTEND, mode, op0, cmp_mode)
|
: lowpart_subreg (mode, op0, cmp_mode);
|
: lowpart_subreg (mode, op0, cmp_mode);
|
|
|
/* (eq/ne (xor x y) 0) simplifies to (eq/ne x y). */
|
/* (eq/ne (xor x y) 0) simplifies to (eq/ne x y). */
|
if ((code == EQ || code == NE)
|
if ((code == EQ || code == NE)
|
&& op1 == const0_rtx
|
&& op1 == const0_rtx
|
&& op0code == XOR)
|
&& op0code == XOR)
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, cmp_mode,
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, cmp_mode,
|
XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op0, 1));
|
XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op0, 1));
|
|
|
/* (eq/ne (xor x y) x) simplifies to (eq/ne y 0). */
|
/* (eq/ne (xor x y) x) simplifies to (eq/ne y 0). */
|
if ((code == EQ || code == NE)
|
if ((code == EQ || code == NE)
|
&& op0code == XOR
|
&& op0code == XOR
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
&& !side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 0)))
|
&& !side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 0)))
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, cmp_mode,
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, cmp_mode,
|
XEXP (op0, 1), const0_rtx);
|
XEXP (op0, 1), const0_rtx);
|
|
|
/* Likewise (eq/ne (xor x y) y) simplifies to (eq/ne x 0). */
|
/* Likewise (eq/ne (xor x y) y) simplifies to (eq/ne x 0). */
|
if ((code == EQ || code == NE)
|
if ((code == EQ || code == NE)
|
&& op0code == XOR
|
&& op0code == XOR
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1)
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1)
|
&& !side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 1)))
|
&& !side_effects_p (XEXP (op0, 1)))
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, cmp_mode,
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, cmp_mode,
|
XEXP (op0, 0), const0_rtx);
|
XEXP (op0, 0), const0_rtx);
|
|
|
/* (eq/ne (xor x C1) C2) simplifies to (eq/ne x (C1^C2)). */
|
/* (eq/ne (xor x C1) C2) simplifies to (eq/ne x (C1^C2)). */
|
if ((code == EQ || code == NE)
|
if ((code == EQ || code == NE)
|
&& op0code == XOR
|
&& op0code == XOR
|
&& (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
&& (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
|| GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_DOUBLE))
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (op0, 1)) == CONST_DOUBLE))
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, cmp_mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, cmp_mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
|
simplify_gen_binary (XOR, cmp_mode,
|
simplify_gen_binary (XOR, cmp_mode,
|
XEXP (op0, 1), op1));
|
XEXP (op0, 1), op1));
|
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Check if the given comparison (done in the given MODE) is actually a
|
/* Check if the given comparison (done in the given MODE) is actually a
|
tautology or a contradiction.
|
tautology or a contradiction.
|
If no simplification is possible, this function returns zero.
|
If no simplification is possible, this function returns zero.
|
Otherwise, it returns either const_true_rtx or const0_rtx. */
|
Otherwise, it returns either const_true_rtx or const0_rtx. */
|
|
|
rtx
|
rtx
|
simplify_const_relational_operation (enum rtx_code code,
|
simplify_const_relational_operation (enum rtx_code code,
|
enum machine_mode mode,
|
enum machine_mode mode,
|
rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
rtx op0, rtx op1)
|
{
|
{
|
int equal, op0lt, op0ltu, op1lt, op1ltu;
|
int equal, op0lt, op0ltu, op1lt, op1ltu;
|
rtx tem;
|
rtx tem;
|
rtx trueop0;
|
rtx trueop0;
|
rtx trueop1;
|
rtx trueop1;
|
|
|
gcc_assert (mode != VOIDmode
|
gcc_assert (mode != VOIDmode
|
|| (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode
|
|| (GET_MODE (op0) == VOIDmode
|
&& GET_MODE (op1) == VOIDmode));
|
&& GET_MODE (op1) == VOIDmode));
|
|
|
/* If op0 is a compare, extract the comparison arguments from it. */
|
/* If op0 is a compare, extract the comparison arguments from it. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == COMPARE && op1 == const0_rtx)
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == COMPARE && op1 == const0_rtx)
|
{
|
{
|
op1 = XEXP (op0, 1);
|
op1 = XEXP (op0, 1);
|
op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
|
op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
|
|
|
if (GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode)
|
if (GET_MODE (op0) != VOIDmode)
|
mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
mode = GET_MODE (op0);
|
else if (GET_MODE (op1) != VOIDmode)
|
else if (GET_MODE (op1) != VOIDmode)
|
mode = GET_MODE (op1);
|
mode = GET_MODE (op1);
|
else
|
else
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* We can't simplify MODE_CC values since we don't know what the
|
/* We can't simplify MODE_CC values since we don't know what the
|
actual comparison is. */
|
actual comparison is. */
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_CC || CC0_P (op0))
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (op0)) == MODE_CC || CC0_P (op0))
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
|
|
/* Make sure the constant is second. */
|
/* Make sure the constant is second. */
|
if (swap_commutative_operands_p (op0, op1))
|
if (swap_commutative_operands_p (op0, op1))
|
{
|
{
|
tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem;
|
tem = op0, op0 = op1, op1 = tem;
|
code = swap_condition (code);
|
code = swap_condition (code);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
trueop0 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op0);
|
trueop0 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op0);
|
trueop1 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op1);
|
trueop1 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op1);
|
|
|
/* For integer comparisons of A and B maybe we can simplify A - B and can
|
/* For integer comparisons of A and B maybe we can simplify A - B and can
|
then simplify a comparison of that with zero. If A and B are both either
|
then simplify a comparison of that with zero. If A and B are both either
|
a register or a CONST_INT, this can't help; testing for these cases will
|
a register or a CONST_INT, this can't help; testing for these cases will
|
prevent infinite recursion here and speed things up.
|
prevent infinite recursion here and speed things up.
|
|
|
We can only do this for EQ and NE comparisons as otherwise we may
|
We can only do this for EQ and NE comparisons as otherwise we may
|
lose or introduce overflow which we cannot disregard as undefined as
|
lose or introduce overflow which we cannot disregard as undefined as
|
we do not know the signedness of the operation on either the left or
|
we do not know the signedness of the operation on either the left or
|
the right hand side of the comparison. */
|
the right hand side of the comparison. */
|
|
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode) && trueop1 != const0_rtx
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode) && trueop1 != const0_rtx
|
&& (code == EQ || code == NE)
|
&& (code == EQ || code == NE)
|
&& ! ((REG_P (op0) || GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_INT)
|
&& ! ((REG_P (op0) || GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_INT)
|
&& (REG_P (op1) || GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT))
|
&& (REG_P (op1) || GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT))
|
&& 0 != (tem = simplify_binary_operation (MINUS, mode, op0, op1))
|
&& 0 != (tem = simplify_binary_operation (MINUS, mode, op0, op1))
|
/* We cannot do this if tem is a nonzero address. */
|
/* We cannot do this if tem is a nonzero address. */
|
&& ! nonzero_address_p (tem))
|
&& ! nonzero_address_p (tem))
|
return simplify_const_relational_operation (signed_condition (code),
|
return simplify_const_relational_operation (signed_condition (code),
|
mode, tem, const0_rtx);
|
mode, tem, const0_rtx);
|
|
|
if (! HONOR_NANS (mode) && code == ORDERED)
|
if (! HONOR_NANS (mode) && code == ORDERED)
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
|
|
if (! HONOR_NANS (mode) && code == UNORDERED)
|
if (! HONOR_NANS (mode) && code == UNORDERED)
|
return const0_rtx;
|
return const0_rtx;
|
|
|
/* For modes without NaNs, if the two operands are equal, we know the
|
/* For modes without NaNs, if the two operands are equal, we know the
|
result except if they have side-effects. */
|
result except if they have side-effects. */
|
if (! HONOR_NANS (GET_MODE (trueop0))
|
if (! HONOR_NANS (GET_MODE (trueop0))
|
&& rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1)
|
&& rtx_equal_p (trueop0, trueop1)
|
&& ! side_effects_p (trueop0))
|
&& ! side_effects_p (trueop0))
|
equal = 1, op0lt = 0, op0ltu = 0, op1lt = 0, op1ltu = 0;
|
equal = 1, op0lt = 0, op0ltu = 0, op1lt = 0, op1ltu = 0;
|
|
|
/* If the operands are floating-point constants, see if we can fold
|
/* If the operands are floating-point constants, see if we can fold
|
the result. */
|
the result. */
|
else if (GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
else if (GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
&& GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
&& GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
&& SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (trueop0)))
|
&& SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (trueop0)))
|
{
|
{
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d0, d1;
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE d0, d1;
|
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d0, trueop0);
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d0, trueop0);
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d1, trueop1);
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (d1, trueop1);
|
|
|
/* Comparisons are unordered iff at least one of the values is NaN. */
|
/* Comparisons are unordered iff at least one of the values is NaN. */
|
if (REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (d0) || REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (d1))
|
if (REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (d0) || REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (d1))
|
switch (code)
|
switch (code)
|
{
|
{
|
case UNEQ:
|
case UNEQ:
|
case UNLT:
|
case UNLT:
|
case UNGT:
|
case UNGT:
|
case UNLE:
|
case UNLE:
|
case UNGE:
|
case UNGE:
|
case NE:
|
case NE:
|
case UNORDERED:
|
case UNORDERED:
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
case EQ:
|
case EQ:
|
case LT:
|
case LT:
|
case GT:
|
case GT:
|
case LE:
|
case LE:
|
case GE:
|
case GE:
|
case LTGT:
|
case LTGT:
|
case ORDERED:
|
case ORDERED:
|
return const0_rtx;
|
return const0_rtx;
|
default:
|
default:
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
equal = REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (d0, d1);
|
equal = REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (d0, d1);
|
op0lt = op0ltu = REAL_VALUES_LESS (d0, d1);
|
op0lt = op0ltu = REAL_VALUES_LESS (d0, d1);
|
op1lt = op1ltu = REAL_VALUES_LESS (d1, d0);
|
op1lt = op1ltu = REAL_VALUES_LESS (d1, d0);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Otherwise, see if the operands are both integers. */
|
/* Otherwise, see if the operands are both integers. */
|
else if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT || mode == VOIDmode)
|
else if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT || mode == VOIDmode)
|
&& (GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
&& (GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
|| GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_INT)
|
|| GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_INT)
|
&& (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
&& (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
|| GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT))
|
|| GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_INT))
|
{
|
{
|
int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
HOST_WIDE_INT l0s, h0s, l1s, h1s;
|
HOST_WIDE_INT l0s, h0s, l1s, h1s;
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT l0u, h0u, l1u, h1u;
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT l0u, h0u, l1u, h1u;
|
|
|
/* Get the two words comprising each integer constant. */
|
/* Get the two words comprising each integer constant. */
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop0) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
{
|
{
|
l0u = l0s = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (trueop0);
|
l0u = l0s = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (trueop0);
|
h0u = h0s = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (trueop0);
|
h0u = h0s = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (trueop0);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
l0u = l0s = INTVAL (trueop0);
|
l0u = l0s = INTVAL (trueop0);
|
h0u = h0s = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (l0s);
|
h0u = h0s = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (l0s);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
if (GET_CODE (trueop1) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
{
|
{
|
l1u = l1s = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (trueop1);
|
l1u = l1s = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (trueop1);
|
h1u = h1s = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (trueop1);
|
h1u = h1s = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (trueop1);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
l1u = l1s = INTVAL (trueop1);
|
l1u = l1s = INTVAL (trueop1);
|
h1u = h1s = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (l1s);
|
h1u = h1s = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (l1s);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* If WIDTH is nonzero and smaller than HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT,
|
/* If WIDTH is nonzero and smaller than HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT,
|
we have to sign or zero-extend the values. */
|
we have to sign or zero-extend the values. */
|
if (width != 0 && width < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
if (width != 0 && width < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
l0u &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1;
|
l0u &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1;
|
l1u &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1;
|
l1u &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1;
|
|
|
if (l0s & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1)))
|
if (l0s & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1)))
|
l0s |= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << width);
|
l0s |= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << width);
|
|
|
if (l1s & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1)))
|
if (l1s & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (width - 1)))
|
l1s |= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << width);
|
l1s |= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << width);
|
}
|
}
|
if (width != 0 && width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
if (width != 0 && width <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
h0u = h1u = 0, h0s = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (l0s), h1s = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (l1s);
|
h0u = h1u = 0, h0s = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (l0s), h1s = HWI_SIGN_EXTEND (l1s);
|
|
|
equal = (h0u == h1u && l0u == l1u);
|
equal = (h0u == h1u && l0u == l1u);
|
op0lt = (h0s < h1s || (h0s == h1s && l0u < l1u));
|
op0lt = (h0s < h1s || (h0s == h1s && l0u < l1u));
|
op1lt = (h1s < h0s || (h1s == h0s && l1u < l0u));
|
op1lt = (h1s < h0s || (h1s == h0s && l1u < l0u));
|
op0ltu = (h0u < h1u || (h0u == h1u && l0u < l1u));
|
op0ltu = (h0u < h1u || (h0u == h1u && l0u < l1u));
|
op1ltu = (h1u < h0u || (h1u == h0u && l1u < l0u));
|
op1ltu = (h1u < h0u || (h1u == h0u && l1u < l0u));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Otherwise, there are some code-specific tests we can make. */
|
/* Otherwise, there are some code-specific tests we can make. */
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
/* Optimize comparisons with upper and lower bounds. */
|
/* Optimize comparisons with upper and lower bounds. */
|
if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode)
|
if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (mode)
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx mmin, mmax;
|
rtx mmin, mmax;
|
int sign;
|
int sign;
|
|
|
if (code == GEU
|
if (code == GEU
|
|| code == LEU
|
|| code == LEU
|
|| code == GTU
|
|| code == GTU
|
|| code == LTU)
|
|| code == LTU)
|
sign = 0;
|
sign = 0;
|
else
|
else
|
sign = 1;
|
sign = 1;
|
|
|
get_mode_bounds (mode, sign, mode, &mmin, &mmax);
|
get_mode_bounds (mode, sign, mode, &mmin, &mmax);
|
|
|
tem = NULL_RTX;
|
tem = NULL_RTX;
|
switch (code)
|
switch (code)
|
{
|
{
|
case GEU:
|
case GEU:
|
case GE:
|
case GE:
|
/* x >= min is always true. */
|
/* x >= min is always true. */
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop1, mmin))
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop1, mmin))
|
tem = const_true_rtx;
|
tem = const_true_rtx;
|
else
|
else
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case LEU:
|
case LEU:
|
case LE:
|
case LE:
|
/* x <= max is always true. */
|
/* x <= max is always true. */
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop1, mmax))
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop1, mmax))
|
tem = const_true_rtx;
|
tem = const_true_rtx;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case GTU:
|
case GTU:
|
case GT:
|
case GT:
|
/* x > max is always false. */
|
/* x > max is always false. */
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop1, mmax))
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop1, mmax))
|
tem = const0_rtx;
|
tem = const0_rtx;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case LTU:
|
case LTU:
|
case LT:
|
case LT:
|
/* x < min is always false. */
|
/* x < min is always false. */
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop1, mmin))
|
if (rtx_equal_p (trueop1, mmin))
|
tem = const0_rtx;
|
tem = const0_rtx;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
if (tem == const0_rtx
|
if (tem == const0_rtx
|
|| tem == const_true_rtx)
|
|| tem == const_true_rtx)
|
return tem;
|
return tem;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
switch (code)
|
switch (code)
|
{
|
{
|
case EQ:
|
case EQ:
|
if (trueop1 == const0_rtx && nonzero_address_p (op0))
|
if (trueop1 == const0_rtx && nonzero_address_p (op0))
|
return const0_rtx;
|
return const0_rtx;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case NE:
|
case NE:
|
if (trueop1 == const0_rtx && nonzero_address_p (op0))
|
if (trueop1 == const0_rtx && nonzero_address_p (op0))
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case LT:
|
case LT:
|
/* Optimize abs(x) < 0.0. */
|
/* Optimize abs(x) < 0.0. */
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode)
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode)
|
&& !HONOR_SNANS (mode)
|
&& !HONOR_SNANS (mode)
|
&& (!INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
&& (!INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
|| (!flag_wrapv && !flag_trapv && flag_strict_overflow)))
|
|| (!flag_wrapv && !flag_trapv && flag_strict_overflow)))
|
{
|
{
|
tem = GET_CODE (trueop0) == FLOAT_EXTEND ? XEXP (trueop0, 0)
|
tem = GET_CODE (trueop0) == FLOAT_EXTEND ? XEXP (trueop0, 0)
|
: trueop0;
|
: trueop0;
|
if (GET_CODE (tem) == ABS)
|
if (GET_CODE (tem) == ABS)
|
{
|
{
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
&& (issue_strict_overflow_warning
|
&& (issue_strict_overflow_warning
|
(WARN_STRICT_OVERFLOW_CONDITIONAL)))
|
(WARN_STRICT_OVERFLOW_CONDITIONAL)))
|
warning (OPT_Wstrict_overflow,
|
warning (OPT_Wstrict_overflow,
|
("assuming signed overflow does not occur when "
|
("assuming signed overflow does not occur when "
|
"assuming abs (x) < 0 is false"));
|
"assuming abs (x) < 0 is false"));
|
return const0_rtx;
|
return const0_rtx;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case GE:
|
case GE:
|
/* Optimize abs(x) >= 0.0. */
|
/* Optimize abs(x) >= 0.0. */
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode)
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode)
|
&& !HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
&& !HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
&& (!INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
&& (!INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
|| (!flag_wrapv && !flag_trapv && flag_strict_overflow)))
|
|| (!flag_wrapv && !flag_trapv && flag_strict_overflow)))
|
{
|
{
|
tem = GET_CODE (trueop0) == FLOAT_EXTEND ? XEXP (trueop0, 0)
|
tem = GET_CODE (trueop0) == FLOAT_EXTEND ? XEXP (trueop0, 0)
|
: trueop0;
|
: trueop0;
|
if (GET_CODE (tem) == ABS)
|
if (GET_CODE (tem) == ABS)
|
{
|
{
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
if (INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode)
|
&& (issue_strict_overflow_warning
|
&& (issue_strict_overflow_warning
|
(WARN_STRICT_OVERFLOW_CONDITIONAL)))
|
(WARN_STRICT_OVERFLOW_CONDITIONAL)))
|
warning (OPT_Wstrict_overflow,
|
warning (OPT_Wstrict_overflow,
|
("assuming signed overflow does not occur when "
|
("assuming signed overflow does not occur when "
|
"assuming abs (x) >= 0 is true"));
|
"assuming abs (x) >= 0 is true"));
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case UNGE:
|
case UNGE:
|
/* Optimize ! (abs(x) < 0.0). */
|
/* Optimize ! (abs(x) < 0.0). */
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
if (trueop1 == CONST0_RTX (mode))
|
{
|
{
|
tem = GET_CODE (trueop0) == FLOAT_EXTEND ? XEXP (trueop0, 0)
|
tem = GET_CODE (trueop0) == FLOAT_EXTEND ? XEXP (trueop0, 0)
|
: trueop0;
|
: trueop0;
|
if (GET_CODE (tem) == ABS)
|
if (GET_CODE (tem) == ABS)
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* If we reach here, EQUAL, OP0LT, OP0LTU, OP1LT, and OP1LTU are set
|
/* If we reach here, EQUAL, OP0LT, OP0LTU, OP1LT, and OP1LTU are set
|
as appropriate. */
|
as appropriate. */
|
switch (code)
|
switch (code)
|
{
|
{
|
case EQ:
|
case EQ:
|
case UNEQ:
|
case UNEQ:
|
return equal ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
return equal ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
case NE:
|
case NE:
|
case LTGT:
|
case LTGT:
|
return ! equal ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
return ! equal ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
case LT:
|
case LT:
|
case UNLT:
|
case UNLT:
|
return op0lt ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
return op0lt ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
case GT:
|
case GT:
|
case UNGT:
|
case UNGT:
|
return op1lt ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
return op1lt ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
case LTU:
|
case LTU:
|
return op0ltu ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
return op0ltu ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
case GTU:
|
case GTU:
|
return op1ltu ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
return op1ltu ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
case LE:
|
case LE:
|
case UNLE:
|
case UNLE:
|
return equal || op0lt ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
return equal || op0lt ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
case GE:
|
case GE:
|
case UNGE:
|
case UNGE:
|
return equal || op1lt ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
return equal || op1lt ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
case LEU:
|
case LEU:
|
return equal || op0ltu ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
return equal || op0ltu ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
case GEU:
|
case GEU:
|
return equal || op1ltu ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
return equal || op1ltu ? const_true_rtx : const0_rtx;
|
case ORDERED:
|
case ORDERED:
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
return const_true_rtx;
|
case UNORDERED:
|
case UNORDERED:
|
return const0_rtx;
|
return const0_rtx;
|
default:
|
default:
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Simplify CODE, an operation with result mode MODE and three operands,
|
/* Simplify CODE, an operation with result mode MODE and three operands,
|
OP0, OP1, and OP2. OP0_MODE was the mode of OP0 before it became
|
OP0, OP1, and OP2. OP0_MODE was the mode of OP0 before it became
|
a constant. Return 0 if no simplifications is possible. */
|
a constant. Return 0 if no simplifications is possible. */
|
|
|
rtx
|
rtx
|
simplify_ternary_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
simplify_ternary_operation (enum rtx_code code, enum machine_mode mode,
|
enum machine_mode op0_mode, rtx op0, rtx op1,
|
enum machine_mode op0_mode, rtx op0, rtx op1,
|
rtx op2)
|
rtx op2)
|
{
|
{
|
unsigned int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
unsigned int width = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode);
|
|
|
/* VOIDmode means "infinite" precision. */
|
/* VOIDmode means "infinite" precision. */
|
if (width == 0)
|
if (width == 0)
|
width = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
|
width = HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT;
|
|
|
switch (code)
|
switch (code)
|
{
|
{
|
case SIGN_EXTRACT:
|
case SIGN_EXTRACT:
|
case ZERO_EXTRACT:
|
case ZERO_EXTRACT:
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT
|
&& ((unsigned) INTVAL (op1) + (unsigned) INTVAL (op2) <= width)
|
&& ((unsigned) INTVAL (op1) + (unsigned) INTVAL (op2) <= width)
|
&& width <= (unsigned) HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
&& width <= (unsigned) HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
/* Extracting a bit-field from a constant */
|
/* Extracting a bit-field from a constant */
|
HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (op0);
|
HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (op0);
|
|
|
if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
val >>= (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op0_mode)
|
val >>= (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (op0_mode)
|
- INTVAL (op2) - INTVAL (op1));
|
- INTVAL (op2) - INTVAL (op1));
|
else
|
else
|
val >>= INTVAL (op2);
|
val >>= INTVAL (op2);
|
|
|
if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT != INTVAL (op1))
|
if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT != INTVAL (op1))
|
{
|
{
|
/* First zero-extend. */
|
/* First zero-extend. */
|
val &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << INTVAL (op1)) - 1;
|
val &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << INTVAL (op1)) - 1;
|
/* If desired, propagate sign bit. */
|
/* If desired, propagate sign bit. */
|
if (code == SIGN_EXTRACT
|
if (code == SIGN_EXTRACT
|
&& (val & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (INTVAL (op1) - 1))))
|
&& (val & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << (INTVAL (op1) - 1))))
|
val |= ~ (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << INTVAL (op1)) - 1);
|
val |= ~ (((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << INTVAL (op1)) - 1);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Clear the bits that don't belong in our mode,
|
/* Clear the bits that don't belong in our mode,
|
unless they and our sign bit are all one.
|
unless they and our sign bit are all one.
|
So we get either a reasonable negative value or a reasonable
|
So we get either a reasonable negative value or a reasonable
|
unsigned value for this mode. */
|
unsigned value for this mode. */
|
if (width < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
if (width < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
|
&& ((val & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << (width - 1)))
|
&& ((val & ((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << (width - 1)))
|
!= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << (width - 1))))
|
!= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) (-1) << (width - 1))))
|
val &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1;
|
val &= ((HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << width) - 1;
|
|
|
return gen_int_mode (val, mode);
|
return gen_int_mode (val, mode);
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case IF_THEN_ELSE:
|
case IF_THEN_ELSE:
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT)
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_INT)
|
return op0 != const0_rtx ? op1 : op2;
|
return op0 != const0_rtx ? op1 : op2;
|
|
|
/* Convert c ? a : a into "a". */
|
/* Convert c ? a : a into "a". */
|
if (rtx_equal_p (op1, op2) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
if (rtx_equal_p (op1, op2) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
return op1;
|
return op1;
|
|
|
/* Convert a != b ? a : b into "a". */
|
/* Convert a != b ? a : b into "a". */
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == NE
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == NE
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
&& ! HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
&& ! HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
&& ! HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
&& ! HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
&& ((rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
&& ((rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op2))
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op2))
|
|| (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op2)
|
|| (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op2)
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1))))
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1))))
|
return op1;
|
return op1;
|
|
|
/* Convert a == b ? a : b into "b". */
|
/* Convert a == b ? a : b into "b". */
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == EQ
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == EQ
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
&& ! side_effects_p (op0)
|
&& ! HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
&& ! HONOR_NANS (mode)
|
&& ! HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
&& ! HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS (mode)
|
&& ((rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
&& ((rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op1)
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op2))
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op2))
|
|| (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op2)
|
|| (rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 0), op2)
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1))))
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (op0, 1), op1))))
|
return op2;
|
return op2;
|
|
|
if (COMPARISON_P (op0) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
if (COMPARISON_P (op0) && ! side_effects_p (op0))
|
{
|
{
|
enum machine_mode cmp_mode = (GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == VOIDmode
|
enum machine_mode cmp_mode = (GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0)) == VOIDmode
|
? GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 1))
|
? GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 1))
|
: GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0)));
|
: GET_MODE (XEXP (op0, 0)));
|
rtx temp;
|
rtx temp;
|
|
|
/* Look for happy constants in op1 and op2. */
|
/* Look for happy constants in op1 and op2. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT)
|
if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT && GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
HOST_WIDE_INT t = INTVAL (op1);
|
HOST_WIDE_INT t = INTVAL (op1);
|
HOST_WIDE_INT f = INTVAL (op2);
|
HOST_WIDE_INT f = INTVAL (op2);
|
|
|
if (t == STORE_FLAG_VALUE && f == 0)
|
if (t == STORE_FLAG_VALUE && f == 0)
|
code = GET_CODE (op0);
|
code = GET_CODE (op0);
|
else if (t == 0 && f == STORE_FLAG_VALUE)
|
else if (t == 0 && f == STORE_FLAG_VALUE)
|
{
|
{
|
enum rtx_code tmp;
|
enum rtx_code tmp;
|
tmp = reversed_comparison_code (op0, NULL_RTX);
|
tmp = reversed_comparison_code (op0, NULL_RTX);
|
if (tmp == UNKNOWN)
|
if (tmp == UNKNOWN)
|
break;
|
break;
|
code = tmp;
|
code = tmp;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, cmp_mode,
|
return simplify_gen_relational (code, mode, cmp_mode,
|
XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op0, 1));
|
XEXP (op0, 0), XEXP (op0, 1));
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
if (cmp_mode == VOIDmode)
|
if (cmp_mode == VOIDmode)
|
cmp_mode = op0_mode;
|
cmp_mode = op0_mode;
|
temp = simplify_relational_operation (GET_CODE (op0), op0_mode,
|
temp = simplify_relational_operation (GET_CODE (op0), op0_mode,
|
cmp_mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
|
cmp_mode, XEXP (op0, 0),
|
XEXP (op0, 1));
|
XEXP (op0, 1));
|
|
|
/* See if any simplifications were possible. */
|
/* See if any simplifications were possible. */
|
if (temp)
|
if (temp)
|
{
|
{
|
if (GET_CODE (temp) == CONST_INT)
|
if (GET_CODE (temp) == CONST_INT)
|
return temp == const0_rtx ? op2 : op1;
|
return temp == const0_rtx ? op2 : op1;
|
else if (temp)
|
else if (temp)
|
return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (mode, temp, op1, op2);
|
return gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (mode, temp, op1, op2);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case VEC_MERGE:
|
case VEC_MERGE:
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE (op0) == mode);
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE (op0) == mode);
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE (op1) == mode);
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE (op1) == mode);
|
gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode));
|
gcc_assert (VECTOR_MODE_P (mode));
|
op2 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op2);
|
op2 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op2);
|
if (GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT)
|
if (GET_CODE (op2) == CONST_INT)
|
{
|
{
|
int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
int elt_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (mode));
|
unsigned n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / elt_size);
|
unsigned n_elts = (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / elt_size);
|
int mask = (1 << n_elts) - 1;
|
int mask = (1 << n_elts) - 1;
|
|
|
if (!(INTVAL (op2) & mask))
|
if (!(INTVAL (op2) & mask))
|
return op1;
|
return op1;
|
if ((INTVAL (op2) & mask) == mask)
|
if ((INTVAL (op2) & mask) == mask)
|
return op0;
|
return op0;
|
|
|
op0 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op0);
|
op0 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op0);
|
op1 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op1);
|
op1 = avoid_constant_pool_reference (op1);
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_VECTOR
|
if (GET_CODE (op0) == CONST_VECTOR
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
&& GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
{
|
{
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
rtvec v = rtvec_alloc (n_elts);
|
unsigned int i;
|
unsigned int i;
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = (INTVAL (op2) & (1 << i)
|
RTVEC_ELT (v, i) = (INTVAL (op2) & (1 << i)
|
? CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op0, i)
|
? CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op0, i)
|
: CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op1, i));
|
: CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op1, i));
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, v);
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
return 0;
|
return 0;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Evaluate a SUBREG of a CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE or CONST_VECTOR,
|
/* Evaluate a SUBREG of a CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE or CONST_VECTOR,
|
returning another CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE or CONST_VECTOR.
|
returning another CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE or CONST_VECTOR.
|
|
|
Works by unpacking OP into a collection of 8-bit values
|
Works by unpacking OP into a collection of 8-bit values
|
represented as a little-endian array of 'unsigned char', selecting by BYTE,
|
represented as a little-endian array of 'unsigned char', selecting by BYTE,
|
and then repacking them again for OUTERMODE. */
|
and then repacking them again for OUTERMODE. */
|
|
|
static rtx
|
static rtx
|
simplify_immed_subreg (enum machine_mode outermode, rtx op,
|
simplify_immed_subreg (enum machine_mode outermode, rtx op,
|
enum machine_mode innermode, unsigned int byte)
|
enum machine_mode innermode, unsigned int byte)
|
{
|
{
|
/* We support up to 512-bit values (for V8DFmode). */
|
/* We support up to 512-bit values (for V8DFmode). */
|
enum {
|
enum {
|
max_bitsize = 512,
|
max_bitsize = 512,
|
value_bit = 8,
|
value_bit = 8,
|
value_mask = (1 << value_bit) - 1
|
value_mask = (1 << value_bit) - 1
|
};
|
};
|
unsigned char value[max_bitsize / value_bit];
|
unsigned char value[max_bitsize / value_bit];
|
int value_start;
|
int value_start;
|
int i;
|
int i;
|
int elem;
|
int elem;
|
|
|
int num_elem;
|
int num_elem;
|
rtx * elems;
|
rtx * elems;
|
int elem_bitsize;
|
int elem_bitsize;
|
rtx result_s;
|
rtx result_s;
|
rtvec result_v = NULL;
|
rtvec result_v = NULL;
|
enum mode_class outer_class;
|
enum mode_class outer_class;
|
enum machine_mode outer_submode;
|
enum machine_mode outer_submode;
|
|
|
/* Some ports misuse CCmode. */
|
/* Some ports misuse CCmode. */
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (outermode) == MODE_CC && GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT)
|
if (GET_MODE_CLASS (outermode) == MODE_CC && GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT)
|
return op;
|
return op;
|
|
|
/* We have no way to represent a complex constant at the rtl level. */
|
/* We have no way to represent a complex constant at the rtl level. */
|
if (COMPLEX_MODE_P (outermode))
|
if (COMPLEX_MODE_P (outermode))
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
|
|
/* Unpack the value. */
|
/* Unpack the value. */
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
{
|
{
|
num_elem = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (op);
|
num_elem = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (op);
|
elems = &CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op, 0);
|
elems = &CONST_VECTOR_ELT (op, 0);
|
elem_bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (innermode));
|
elem_bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE_INNER (innermode));
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
num_elem = 1;
|
num_elem = 1;
|
elems = &op;
|
elems = &op;
|
elem_bitsize = max_bitsize;
|
elem_bitsize = max_bitsize;
|
}
|
}
|
/* If this asserts, it is too complicated; reducing value_bit may help. */
|
/* If this asserts, it is too complicated; reducing value_bit may help. */
|
gcc_assert (BITS_PER_UNIT % value_bit == 0);
|
gcc_assert (BITS_PER_UNIT % value_bit == 0);
|
/* I don't know how to handle endianness of sub-units. */
|
/* I don't know how to handle endianness of sub-units. */
|
gcc_assert (elem_bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0);
|
gcc_assert (elem_bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT == 0);
|
|
|
for (elem = 0; elem < num_elem; elem++)
|
for (elem = 0; elem < num_elem; elem++)
|
{
|
{
|
unsigned char * vp;
|
unsigned char * vp;
|
rtx el = elems[elem];
|
rtx el = elems[elem];
|
|
|
/* Vectors are kept in target memory order. (This is probably
|
/* Vectors are kept in target memory order. (This is probably
|
a mistake.) */
|
a mistake.) */
|
{
|
{
|
unsigned byte = (elem * elem_bitsize) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
unsigned byte = (elem * elem_bitsize) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
unsigned ibyte = (((num_elem - 1 - elem) * elem_bitsize)
|
unsigned ibyte = (((num_elem - 1 - elem) * elem_bitsize)
|
/ BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
/ BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
unsigned word_byte = WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? ibyte : byte;
|
unsigned word_byte = WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? ibyte : byte;
|
unsigned subword_byte = BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? ibyte : byte;
|
unsigned subword_byte = BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? ibyte : byte;
|
unsigned bytele = (subword_byte % UNITS_PER_WORD
|
unsigned bytele = (subword_byte % UNITS_PER_WORD
|
+ (word_byte / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD);
|
+ (word_byte / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD);
|
vp = value + (bytele * BITS_PER_UNIT) / value_bit;
|
vp = value + (bytele * BITS_PER_UNIT) / value_bit;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
switch (GET_CODE (el))
|
switch (GET_CODE (el))
|
{
|
{
|
case CONST_INT:
|
case CONST_INT:
|
for (i = 0;
|
for (i = 0;
|
i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT && i < elem_bitsize;
|
i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT && i < elem_bitsize;
|
i += value_bit)
|
i += value_bit)
|
*vp++ = INTVAL (el) >> i;
|
*vp++ = INTVAL (el) >> i;
|
/* CONST_INTs are always logically sign-extended. */
|
/* CONST_INTs are always logically sign-extended. */
|
for (; i < elem_bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
for (; i < elem_bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
*vp++ = INTVAL (el) < 0 ? -1 : 0;
|
*vp++ = INTVAL (el) < 0 ? -1 : 0;
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case CONST_DOUBLE:
|
case CONST_DOUBLE:
|
if (GET_MODE (el) == VOIDmode)
|
if (GET_MODE (el) == VOIDmode)
|
{
|
{
|
/* If this triggers, someone should have generated a
|
/* If this triggers, someone should have generated a
|
CONST_INT instead. */
|
CONST_INT instead. */
|
gcc_assert (elem_bitsize > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
|
gcc_assert (elem_bitsize > HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT; i += value_bit)
|
for (i = 0; i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT; i += value_bit)
|
*vp++ = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (el) >> i;
|
*vp++ = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (el) >> i;
|
while (i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT * 2 && i < elem_bitsize)
|
while (i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT * 2 && i < elem_bitsize)
|
{
|
{
|
*vp++
|
*vp++
|
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (el) >> (i - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
|
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (el) >> (i - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
|
i += value_bit;
|
i += value_bit;
|
}
|
}
|
/* It shouldn't matter what's done here, so fill it with
|
/* It shouldn't matter what's done here, so fill it with
|
zero. */
|
zero. */
|
for (; i < elem_bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
for (; i < elem_bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
*vp++ = 0;
|
*vp++ = 0;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
long tmp[max_bitsize / 32];
|
long tmp[max_bitsize / 32];
|
int bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (el));
|
int bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (el));
|
|
|
gcc_assert (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (el)));
|
gcc_assert (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (el)));
|
gcc_assert (bitsize <= elem_bitsize);
|
gcc_assert (bitsize <= elem_bitsize);
|
gcc_assert (bitsize % value_bit == 0);
|
gcc_assert (bitsize % value_bit == 0);
|
|
|
real_to_target (tmp, CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (el),
|
real_to_target (tmp, CONST_DOUBLE_REAL_VALUE (el),
|
GET_MODE (el));
|
GET_MODE (el));
|
|
|
/* real_to_target produces its result in words affected by
|
/* real_to_target produces its result in words affected by
|
FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. However, we ignore this,
|
FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. However, we ignore this,
|
and use WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN instead; see the documentation
|
and use WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN instead; see the documentation
|
of SUBREG in rtl.texi. */
|
of SUBREG in rtl.texi. */
|
for (i = 0; i < bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
for (i = 0; i < bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
{
|
{
|
int ibase;
|
int ibase;
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
ibase = bitsize - 1 - i;
|
ibase = bitsize - 1 - i;
|
else
|
else
|
ibase = i;
|
ibase = i;
|
*vp++ = tmp[ibase / 32] >> i % 32;
|
*vp++ = tmp[ibase / 32] >> i % 32;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* It shouldn't matter what's done here, so fill it with
|
/* It shouldn't matter what's done here, so fill it with
|
zero. */
|
zero. */
|
for (; i < elem_bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
for (; i < elem_bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
*vp++ = 0;
|
*vp++ = 0;
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Now, pick the right byte to start with. */
|
/* Now, pick the right byte to start with. */
|
/* Renumber BYTE so that the least-significant byte is byte 0. A special
|
/* Renumber BYTE so that the least-significant byte is byte 0. A special
|
case is paradoxical SUBREGs, which shouldn't be adjusted since they
|
case is paradoxical SUBREGs, which shouldn't be adjusted since they
|
will already have offset 0. */
|
will already have offset 0. */
|
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode) >= GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode))
|
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode) >= GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode))
|
{
|
{
|
unsigned ibyte = (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode) - GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode)
|
unsigned ibyte = (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode) - GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode)
|
- byte);
|
- byte);
|
unsigned word_byte = WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? ibyte : byte;
|
unsigned word_byte = WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? ibyte : byte;
|
unsigned subword_byte = BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? ibyte : byte;
|
unsigned subword_byte = BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? ibyte : byte;
|
byte = (subword_byte % UNITS_PER_WORD
|
byte = (subword_byte % UNITS_PER_WORD
|
+ (word_byte / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD);
|
+ (word_byte / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* BYTE should still be inside OP. (Note that BYTE is unsigned,
|
/* BYTE should still be inside OP. (Note that BYTE is unsigned,
|
so if it's become negative it will instead be very large.) */
|
so if it's become negative it will instead be very large.) */
|
gcc_assert (byte < GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode));
|
gcc_assert (byte < GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode));
|
|
|
/* Convert from bytes to chunks of size value_bit. */
|
/* Convert from bytes to chunks of size value_bit. */
|
value_start = byte * (BITS_PER_UNIT / value_bit);
|
value_start = byte * (BITS_PER_UNIT / value_bit);
|
|
|
/* Re-pack the value. */
|
/* Re-pack the value. */
|
|
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (outermode))
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (outermode))
|
{
|
{
|
num_elem = GET_MODE_NUNITS (outermode);
|
num_elem = GET_MODE_NUNITS (outermode);
|
result_v = rtvec_alloc (num_elem);
|
result_v = rtvec_alloc (num_elem);
|
elems = &RTVEC_ELT (result_v, 0);
|
elems = &RTVEC_ELT (result_v, 0);
|
outer_submode = GET_MODE_INNER (outermode);
|
outer_submode = GET_MODE_INNER (outermode);
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
num_elem = 1;
|
num_elem = 1;
|
elems = &result_s;
|
elems = &result_s;
|
outer_submode = outermode;
|
outer_submode = outermode;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
outer_class = GET_MODE_CLASS (outer_submode);
|
outer_class = GET_MODE_CLASS (outer_submode);
|
elem_bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (outer_submode);
|
elem_bitsize = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (outer_submode);
|
|
|
gcc_assert (elem_bitsize % value_bit == 0);
|
gcc_assert (elem_bitsize % value_bit == 0);
|
gcc_assert (elem_bitsize + value_start * value_bit <= max_bitsize);
|
gcc_assert (elem_bitsize + value_start * value_bit <= max_bitsize);
|
|
|
for (elem = 0; elem < num_elem; elem++)
|
for (elem = 0; elem < num_elem; elem++)
|
{
|
{
|
unsigned char *vp;
|
unsigned char *vp;
|
|
|
/* Vectors are stored in target memory order. (This is probably
|
/* Vectors are stored in target memory order. (This is probably
|
a mistake.) */
|
a mistake.) */
|
{
|
{
|
unsigned byte = (elem * elem_bitsize) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
unsigned byte = (elem * elem_bitsize) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
|
unsigned ibyte = (((num_elem - 1 - elem) * elem_bitsize)
|
unsigned ibyte = (((num_elem - 1 - elem) * elem_bitsize)
|
/ BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
/ BITS_PER_UNIT);
|
unsigned word_byte = WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? ibyte : byte;
|
unsigned word_byte = WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN ? ibyte : byte;
|
unsigned subword_byte = BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? ibyte : byte;
|
unsigned subword_byte = BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN ? ibyte : byte;
|
unsigned bytele = (subword_byte % UNITS_PER_WORD
|
unsigned bytele = (subword_byte % UNITS_PER_WORD
|
+ (word_byte / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD);
|
+ (word_byte / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD);
|
vp = value + value_start + (bytele * BITS_PER_UNIT) / value_bit;
|
vp = value + value_start + (bytele * BITS_PER_UNIT) / value_bit;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
switch (outer_class)
|
switch (outer_class)
|
{
|
{
|
case MODE_INT:
|
case MODE_INT:
|
case MODE_PARTIAL_INT:
|
case MODE_PARTIAL_INT:
|
{
|
{
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT hi = 0, lo = 0;
|
unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT hi = 0, lo = 0;
|
|
|
for (i = 0;
|
for (i = 0;
|
i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT && i < elem_bitsize;
|
i < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT && i < elem_bitsize;
|
i += value_bit)
|
i += value_bit)
|
lo |= (HOST_WIDE_INT)(*vp++ & value_mask) << i;
|
lo |= (HOST_WIDE_INT)(*vp++ & value_mask) << i;
|
for (; i < elem_bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
for (; i < elem_bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
hi |= ((HOST_WIDE_INT)(*vp++ & value_mask)
|
hi |= ((HOST_WIDE_INT)(*vp++ & value_mask)
|
<< (i - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT));
|
<< (i - HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT));
|
|
|
/* immed_double_const doesn't call trunc_int_for_mode. I don't
|
/* immed_double_const doesn't call trunc_int_for_mode. I don't
|
know why. */
|
know why. */
|
if (elem_bitsize <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
if (elem_bitsize <= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
elems[elem] = gen_int_mode (lo, outer_submode);
|
elems[elem] = gen_int_mode (lo, outer_submode);
|
else if (elem_bitsize <= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
else if (elem_bitsize <= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
|
elems[elem] = immed_double_const (lo, hi, outer_submode);
|
elems[elem] = immed_double_const (lo, hi, outer_submode);
|
else
|
else
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case MODE_FLOAT:
|
case MODE_FLOAT:
|
case MODE_DECIMAL_FLOAT:
|
case MODE_DECIMAL_FLOAT:
|
{
|
{
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
|
long tmp[max_bitsize / 32];
|
long tmp[max_bitsize / 32];
|
|
|
/* real_from_target wants its input in words affected by
|
/* real_from_target wants its input in words affected by
|
FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. However, we ignore this,
|
FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. However, we ignore this,
|
and use WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN instead; see the documentation
|
and use WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN instead; see the documentation
|
of SUBREG in rtl.texi. */
|
of SUBREG in rtl.texi. */
|
for (i = 0; i < max_bitsize / 32; i++)
|
for (i = 0; i < max_bitsize / 32; i++)
|
tmp[i] = 0;
|
tmp[i] = 0;
|
for (i = 0; i < elem_bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
for (i = 0; i < elem_bitsize; i += value_bit)
|
{
|
{
|
int ibase;
|
int ibase;
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
ibase = elem_bitsize - 1 - i;
|
ibase = elem_bitsize - 1 - i;
|
else
|
else
|
ibase = i;
|
ibase = i;
|
tmp[ibase / 32] |= (*vp++ & value_mask) << i % 32;
|
tmp[ibase / 32] |= (*vp++ & value_mask) << i % 32;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
real_from_target (&r, tmp, outer_submode);
|
real_from_target (&r, tmp, outer_submode);
|
elems[elem] = CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (r, outer_submode);
|
elems[elem] = CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (r, outer_submode);
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (outermode))
|
if (VECTOR_MODE_P (outermode))
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (outermode, result_v);
|
return gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (outermode, result_v);
|
else
|
else
|
return result_s;
|
return result_s;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Simplify SUBREG:OUTERMODE(OP:INNERMODE, BYTE)
|
/* Simplify SUBREG:OUTERMODE(OP:INNERMODE, BYTE)
|
Return 0 if no simplifications are possible. */
|
Return 0 if no simplifications are possible. */
|
rtx
|
rtx
|
simplify_subreg (enum machine_mode outermode, rtx op,
|
simplify_subreg (enum machine_mode outermode, rtx op,
|
enum machine_mode innermode, unsigned int byte)
|
enum machine_mode innermode, unsigned int byte)
|
{
|
{
|
/* Little bit of sanity checking. */
|
/* Little bit of sanity checking. */
|
gcc_assert (innermode != VOIDmode);
|
gcc_assert (innermode != VOIDmode);
|
gcc_assert (outermode != VOIDmode);
|
gcc_assert (outermode != VOIDmode);
|
gcc_assert (innermode != BLKmode);
|
gcc_assert (innermode != BLKmode);
|
gcc_assert (outermode != BLKmode);
|
gcc_assert (outermode != BLKmode);
|
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE (op) == innermode
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE (op) == innermode
|
|| GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode);
|
|| GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode);
|
|
|
gcc_assert ((byte % GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode)) == 0);
|
gcc_assert ((byte % GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode)) == 0);
|
gcc_assert (byte < GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode));
|
gcc_assert (byte < GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode));
|
|
|
if (outermode == innermode && !byte)
|
if (outermode == innermode && !byte)
|
return op;
|
return op;
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == CONST_VECTOR)
|
return simplify_immed_subreg (outermode, op, innermode, byte);
|
return simplify_immed_subreg (outermode, op, innermode, byte);
|
|
|
/* Changing mode twice with SUBREG => just change it once,
|
/* Changing mode twice with SUBREG => just change it once,
|
or not at all if changing back op starting mode. */
|
or not at all if changing back op starting mode. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG)
|
{
|
{
|
enum machine_mode innermostmode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op));
|
enum machine_mode innermostmode = GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (op));
|
int final_offset = byte + SUBREG_BYTE (op);
|
int final_offset = byte + SUBREG_BYTE (op);
|
rtx newx;
|
rtx newx;
|
|
|
if (outermode == innermostmode
|
if (outermode == innermostmode
|
&& byte == 0 && SUBREG_BYTE (op) == 0)
|
&& byte == 0 && SUBREG_BYTE (op) == 0)
|
return SUBREG_REG (op);
|
return SUBREG_REG (op);
|
|
|
/* The SUBREG_BYTE represents offset, as if the value were stored
|
/* The SUBREG_BYTE represents offset, as if the value were stored
|
in memory. Irritating exception is paradoxical subreg, where
|
in memory. Irritating exception is paradoxical subreg, where
|
we define SUBREG_BYTE to be 0. On big endian machines, this
|
we define SUBREG_BYTE to be 0. On big endian machines, this
|
value should be negative. For a moment, undo this exception. */
|
value should be negative. For a moment, undo this exception. */
|
if (byte == 0 && GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode))
|
if (byte == 0 && GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode))
|
{
|
{
|
int difference = (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode) - GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode));
|
int difference = (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode) - GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode));
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
final_offset += (difference / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
final_offset += (difference / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
final_offset += difference % UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
final_offset += difference % UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
}
|
}
|
if (SUBREG_BYTE (op) == 0
|
if (SUBREG_BYTE (op) == 0
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (innermostmode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode))
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (innermostmode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode))
|
{
|
{
|
int difference = (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermostmode) - GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode));
|
int difference = (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermostmode) - GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode));
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
final_offset += (difference / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
final_offset += (difference / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
final_offset += difference % UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
final_offset += difference % UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* See whether resulting subreg will be paradoxical. */
|
/* See whether resulting subreg will be paradoxical. */
|
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermostmode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode))
|
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermostmode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode))
|
{
|
{
|
/* In nonparadoxical subregs we can't handle negative offsets. */
|
/* In nonparadoxical subregs we can't handle negative offsets. */
|
if (final_offset < 0)
|
if (final_offset < 0)
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
/* Bail out in case resulting subreg would be incorrect. */
|
/* Bail out in case resulting subreg would be incorrect. */
|
if (final_offset % GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode)
|
if (final_offset % GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode)
|
|| (unsigned) final_offset >= GET_MODE_SIZE (innermostmode))
|
|| (unsigned) final_offset >= GET_MODE_SIZE (innermostmode))
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
}
|
}
|
else
|
else
|
{
|
{
|
int offset = 0;
|
int offset = 0;
|
int difference = (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermostmode) - GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode));
|
int difference = (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermostmode) - GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode));
|
|
|
/* In paradoxical subreg, see if we are still looking on lower part.
|
/* In paradoxical subreg, see if we are still looking on lower part.
|
If so, our SUBREG_BYTE will be 0. */
|
If so, our SUBREG_BYTE will be 0. */
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
offset += (difference / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
offset += (difference / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
offset += difference % UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
offset += difference % UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
if (offset == final_offset)
|
if (offset == final_offset)
|
final_offset = 0;
|
final_offset = 0;
|
else
|
else
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Recurse for further possible simplifications. */
|
/* Recurse for further possible simplifications. */
|
newx = simplify_subreg (outermode, SUBREG_REG (op), innermostmode,
|
newx = simplify_subreg (outermode, SUBREG_REG (op), innermostmode,
|
final_offset);
|
final_offset);
|
if (newx)
|
if (newx)
|
return newx;
|
return newx;
|
if (validate_subreg (outermode, innermostmode,
|
if (validate_subreg (outermode, innermostmode,
|
SUBREG_REG (op), final_offset))
|
SUBREG_REG (op), final_offset))
|
return gen_rtx_SUBREG (outermode, SUBREG_REG (op), final_offset);
|
return gen_rtx_SUBREG (outermode, SUBREG_REG (op), final_offset);
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Merge implicit and explicit truncations. */
|
/* Merge implicit and explicit truncations. */
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == TRUNCATE
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == TRUNCATE
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode)
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode)
|
&& subreg_lowpart_offset (outermode, innermode) == byte)
|
&& subreg_lowpart_offset (outermode, innermode) == byte)
|
return simplify_gen_unary (TRUNCATE, outermode, XEXP (op, 0),
|
return simplify_gen_unary (TRUNCATE, outermode, XEXP (op, 0),
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0)));
|
|
|
/* SUBREG of a hard register => just change the register number
|
/* SUBREG of a hard register => just change the register number
|
and/or mode. If the hard register is not valid in that mode,
|
and/or mode. If the hard register is not valid in that mode,
|
suppress this simplification. If the hard register is the stack,
|
suppress this simplification. If the hard register is the stack,
|
frame, or argument pointer, leave this as a SUBREG. */
|
frame, or argument pointer, leave this as a SUBREG. */
|
|
|
if (REG_P (op)
|
if (REG_P (op)
|
&& REGNO (op) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|
&& REGNO (op) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
|
#ifdef CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS
|
#ifdef CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS
|
&& ! (REG_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_P (REGNO (op), innermode, outermode)
|
&& ! (REG_CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_P (REGNO (op), innermode, outermode)
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (innermode) != MODE_COMPLEX_INT
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (innermode) != MODE_COMPLEX_INT
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (innermode) != MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (innermode) != MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
|
#endif
|
#endif
|
&& ((reload_completed && !frame_pointer_needed)
|
&& ((reload_completed && !frame_pointer_needed)
|
|| (REGNO (op) != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
|| (REGNO (op) != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
#if HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
#if HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
&& REGNO (op) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
&& REGNO (op) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
|
#endif
|
#endif
|
))
|
))
|
#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
|
#if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
|
&& REGNO (op) != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
|
&& REGNO (op) != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
|
#endif
|
#endif
|
&& REGNO (op) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
|
&& REGNO (op) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
|
&& subreg_offset_representable_p (REGNO (op), innermode,
|
&& subreg_offset_representable_p (REGNO (op), innermode,
|
byte, outermode))
|
byte, outermode))
|
{
|
{
|
unsigned int regno = REGNO (op);
|
unsigned int regno = REGNO (op);
|
unsigned int final_regno
|
unsigned int final_regno
|
= regno + subreg_regno_offset (regno, innermode, byte, outermode);
|
= regno + subreg_regno_offset (regno, innermode, byte, outermode);
|
|
|
/* ??? We do allow it if the current REG is not valid for
|
/* ??? We do allow it if the current REG is not valid for
|
its mode. This is a kludge to work around how float/complex
|
its mode. This is a kludge to work around how float/complex
|
arguments are passed on 32-bit SPARC and should be fixed. */
|
arguments are passed on 32-bit SPARC and should be fixed. */
|
if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (final_regno, outermode)
|
if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (final_regno, outermode)
|
|| ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, innermode))
|
|| ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, innermode))
|
{
|
{
|
rtx x;
|
rtx x;
|
int final_offset = byte;
|
int final_offset = byte;
|
|
|
/* Adjust offset for paradoxical subregs. */
|
/* Adjust offset for paradoxical subregs. */
|
if (byte == 0
|
if (byte == 0
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode))
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode) < GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode))
|
{
|
{
|
int difference = (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode)
|
int difference = (GET_MODE_SIZE (innermode)
|
- GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode));
|
- GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode));
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
final_offset += (difference / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
final_offset += (difference / UNITS_PER_WORD) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
|
final_offset += difference % UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
final_offset += difference % UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
x = gen_rtx_REG_offset (op, outermode, final_regno, final_offset);
|
x = gen_rtx_REG_offset (op, outermode, final_regno, final_offset);
|
|
|
/* Propagate original regno. We don't have any way to specify
|
/* Propagate original regno. We don't have any way to specify
|
the offset inside original regno, so do so only for lowpart.
|
the offset inside original regno, so do so only for lowpart.
|
The information is used only by alias analysis that can not
|
The information is used only by alias analysis that can not
|
grog partial register anyway. */
|
grog partial register anyway. */
|
|
|
if (subreg_lowpart_offset (outermode, innermode) == byte)
|
if (subreg_lowpart_offset (outermode, innermode) == byte)
|
ORIGINAL_REGNO (x) = ORIGINAL_REGNO (op);
|
ORIGINAL_REGNO (x) = ORIGINAL_REGNO (op);
|
return x;
|
return x;
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* If we have a SUBREG of a register that we are replacing and we are
|
/* If we have a SUBREG of a register that we are replacing and we are
|
replacing it with a MEM, make a new MEM and try replacing the
|
replacing it with a MEM, make a new MEM and try replacing the
|
SUBREG with it. Don't do this if the MEM has a mode-dependent address
|
SUBREG with it. Don't do this if the MEM has a mode-dependent address
|
or if we would be widening it. */
|
or if we would be widening it. */
|
|
|
if (MEM_P (op)
|
if (MEM_P (op)
|
&& ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (op, 0))
|
&& ! mode_dependent_address_p (XEXP (op, 0))
|
/* Allow splitting of volatile memory references in case we don't
|
/* Allow splitting of volatile memory references in case we don't
|
have instruction to move the whole thing. */
|
have instruction to move the whole thing. */
|
&& (! MEM_VOLATILE_P (op)
|
&& (! MEM_VOLATILE_P (op)
|
|| ! have_insn_for (SET, innermode))
|
|| ! have_insn_for (SET, innermode))
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op)))
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (op)))
|
return adjust_address_nv (op, outermode, byte);
|
return adjust_address_nv (op, outermode, byte);
|
|
|
/* Handle complex values represented as CONCAT
|
/* Handle complex values represented as CONCAT
|
of real and imaginary part. */
|
of real and imaginary part. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONCAT)
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONCAT)
|
{
|
{
|
unsigned int inner_size, final_offset;
|
unsigned int inner_size, final_offset;
|
rtx part, res;
|
rtx part, res;
|
|
|
inner_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (innermode);
|
inner_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (innermode);
|
part = byte < inner_size ? XEXP (op, 0) : XEXP (op, 1);
|
part = byte < inner_size ? XEXP (op, 0) : XEXP (op, 1);
|
final_offset = byte % inner_size;
|
final_offset = byte % inner_size;
|
if (final_offset + GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode) > inner_size)
|
if (final_offset + GET_MODE_SIZE (outermode) > inner_size)
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
|
|
res = simplify_subreg (outermode, part, GET_MODE (part), final_offset);
|
res = simplify_subreg (outermode, part, GET_MODE (part), final_offset);
|
if (res)
|
if (res)
|
return res;
|
return res;
|
if (validate_subreg (outermode, GET_MODE (part), part, final_offset))
|
if (validate_subreg (outermode, GET_MODE (part), part, final_offset))
|
return gen_rtx_SUBREG (outermode, part, final_offset);
|
return gen_rtx_SUBREG (outermode, part, final_offset);
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Optimize SUBREG truncations of zero and sign extended values. */
|
/* Optimize SUBREG truncations of zero and sign extended values. */
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == ZERO_EXTEND
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == ZERO_EXTEND
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == SIGN_EXTEND)
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == SIGN_EXTEND)
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (outermode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (innermode))
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (outermode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (innermode))
|
{
|
{
|
unsigned int bitpos = subreg_lsb_1 (outermode, innermode, byte);
|
unsigned int bitpos = subreg_lsb_1 (outermode, innermode, byte);
|
|
|
/* If we're requesting the lowpart of a zero or sign extension,
|
/* If we're requesting the lowpart of a zero or sign extension,
|
there are three possibilities. If the outermode is the same
|
there are three possibilities. If the outermode is the same
|
as the origmode, we can omit both the extension and the subreg.
|
as the origmode, we can omit both the extension and the subreg.
|
If the outermode is not larger than the origmode, we can apply
|
If the outermode is not larger than the origmode, we can apply
|
the truncation without the extension. Finally, if the outermode
|
the truncation without the extension. Finally, if the outermode
|
is larger than the origmode, but both are integer modes, we
|
is larger than the origmode, but both are integer modes, we
|
can just extend to the appropriate mode. */
|
can just extend to the appropriate mode. */
|
if (bitpos == 0)
|
if (bitpos == 0)
|
{
|
{
|
enum machine_mode origmode = GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0));
|
enum machine_mode origmode = GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0));
|
if (outermode == origmode)
|
if (outermode == origmode)
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
return XEXP (op, 0);
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (outermode) <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (origmode))
|
if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (outermode) <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (origmode))
|
return simplify_gen_subreg (outermode, XEXP (op, 0), origmode,
|
return simplify_gen_subreg (outermode, XEXP (op, 0), origmode,
|
subreg_lowpart_offset (outermode,
|
subreg_lowpart_offset (outermode,
|
origmode));
|
origmode));
|
if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (outermode))
|
if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (outermode))
|
return simplify_gen_unary (GET_CODE (op), outermode,
|
return simplify_gen_unary (GET_CODE (op), outermode,
|
XEXP (op, 0), origmode);
|
XEXP (op, 0), origmode);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* A SUBREG resulting from a zero extension may fold to zero if
|
/* A SUBREG resulting from a zero extension may fold to zero if
|
it extracts higher bits that the ZERO_EXTEND's source bits. */
|
it extracts higher bits that the ZERO_EXTEND's source bits. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == ZERO_EXTEND
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == ZERO_EXTEND
|
&& bitpos >= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0))))
|
&& bitpos >= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0))))
|
return CONST0_RTX (outermode);
|
return CONST0_RTX (outermode);
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Simplify (subreg:QI (lshiftrt:SI (sign_extend:SI (x:QI)) C), 0) into
|
/* Simplify (subreg:QI (lshiftrt:SI (sign_extend:SI (x:QI)) C), 0) into
|
to (ashiftrt:QI (x:QI) C), where C is a suitable small constant and
|
to (ashiftrt:QI (x:QI) C), where C is a suitable small constant and
|
the outer subreg is effectively a truncation to the original mode. */
|
the outer subreg is effectively a truncation to the original mode. */
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == LSHIFTRT
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == LSHIFTRT
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFTRT)
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFTRT)
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (outermode)
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (outermode)
|
/* Ensure that OUTERMODE is at least twice as wide as the INNERMODE
|
/* Ensure that OUTERMODE is at least twice as wide as the INNERMODE
|
to avoid the possibility that an outer LSHIFTRT shifts by more
|
to avoid the possibility that an outer LSHIFTRT shifts by more
|
than the sign extension's sign_bit_copies and introduces zeros
|
than the sign extension's sign_bit_copies and introduces zeros
|
into the high bits of the result. */
|
into the high bits of the result. */
|
&& (2 * GET_MODE_BITSIZE (outermode)) <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (innermode)
|
&& (2 * GET_MODE_BITSIZE (outermode)) <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (innermode)
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == outermode
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == outermode
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (outermode)
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (outermode)
|
&& subreg_lsb_1 (outermode, innermode, byte) == 0)
|
&& subreg_lsb_1 (outermode, innermode, byte) == 0)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFTRT, outermode,
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFTRT, outermode,
|
XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0), XEXP (op, 1));
|
XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0), XEXP (op, 1));
|
|
|
/* Likewise (subreg:QI (lshiftrt:SI (zero_extend:SI (x:QI)) C), 0) into
|
/* Likewise (subreg:QI (lshiftrt:SI (zero_extend:SI (x:QI)) C), 0) into
|
to (lshiftrt:QI (x:QI) C), where C is a suitable small constant and
|
to (lshiftrt:QI (x:QI) C), where C is a suitable small constant and
|
the outer subreg is effectively a truncation to the original mode. */
|
the outer subreg is effectively a truncation to the original mode. */
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == LSHIFTRT
|
if ((GET_CODE (op) == LSHIFTRT
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFTRT)
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFTRT)
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (outermode)
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (outermode)
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (outermode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (innermode)
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (outermode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (innermode)
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == outermode
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == outermode
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (outermode)
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (outermode)
|
&& subreg_lsb_1 (outermode, innermode, byte) == 0)
|
&& subreg_lsb_1 (outermode, innermode, byte) == 0)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, outermode,
|
return simplify_gen_binary (LSHIFTRT, outermode,
|
XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0), XEXP (op, 1));
|
XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0), XEXP (op, 1));
|
|
|
/* Likewise (subreg:QI (ashift:SI (zero_extend:SI (x:QI)) C), 0) into
|
/* Likewise (subreg:QI (ashift:SI (zero_extend:SI (x:QI)) C), 0) into
|
to (ashift:QI (x:QI) C), where C is a suitable small constant and
|
to (ashift:QI (x:QI) C), where C is a suitable small constant and
|
the outer subreg is effectively a truncation to the original mode. */
|
the outer subreg is effectively a truncation to the original mode. */
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFT
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == ASHIFT
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (outermode)
|
&& SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (outermode)
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (outermode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (innermode)
|
&& GET_MODE_BITSIZE (outermode) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (innermode)
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
|
&& (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND)
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND)
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == outermode
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0)) == outermode
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (outermode)
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 1)) < GET_MODE_BITSIZE (outermode)
|
&& subreg_lsb_1 (outermode, innermode, byte) == 0)
|
&& subreg_lsb_1 (outermode, innermode, byte) == 0)
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFT, outermode,
|
return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFT, outermode,
|
XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0), XEXP (op, 1));
|
XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0), XEXP (op, 1));
|
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Make a SUBREG operation or equivalent if it folds. */
|
/* Make a SUBREG operation or equivalent if it folds. */
|
|
|
rtx
|
rtx
|
simplify_gen_subreg (enum machine_mode outermode, rtx op,
|
simplify_gen_subreg (enum machine_mode outermode, rtx op,
|
enum machine_mode innermode, unsigned int byte)
|
enum machine_mode innermode, unsigned int byte)
|
{
|
{
|
rtx newx;
|
rtx newx;
|
|
|
newx = simplify_subreg (outermode, op, innermode, byte);
|
newx = simplify_subreg (outermode, op, innermode, byte);
|
if (newx)
|
if (newx)
|
return newx;
|
return newx;
|
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == SUBREG
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == CONCAT
|
|| GET_CODE (op) == CONCAT
|
|| GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode)
|
|| GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode)
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
|
|
if (validate_subreg (outermode, innermode, op, byte))
|
if (validate_subreg (outermode, innermode, op, byte))
|
return gen_rtx_SUBREG (outermode, op, byte);
|
return gen_rtx_SUBREG (outermode, op, byte);
|
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
/* Simplify X, an rtx expression.
|
/* Simplify X, an rtx expression.
|
|
|
Return the simplified expression or NULL if no simplifications
|
Return the simplified expression or NULL if no simplifications
|
were possible.
|
were possible.
|
|
|
This is the preferred entry point into the simplification routines;
|
This is the preferred entry point into the simplification routines;
|
however, we still allow passes to call the more specific routines.
|
however, we still allow passes to call the more specific routines.
|
|
|
Right now GCC has three (yes, three) major bodies of RTL simplification
|
Right now GCC has three (yes, three) major bodies of RTL simplification
|
code that need to be unified.
|
code that need to be unified.
|
|
|
1. fold_rtx in cse.c. This code uses various CSE specific
|
1. fold_rtx in cse.c. This code uses various CSE specific
|
information to aid in RTL simplification.
|
information to aid in RTL simplification.
|
|
|
2. simplify_rtx in combine.c. Similar to fold_rtx, except that
|
2. simplify_rtx in combine.c. Similar to fold_rtx, except that
|
it uses combine specific information to aid in RTL
|
it uses combine specific information to aid in RTL
|
simplification.
|
simplification.
|
|
|
3. The routines in this file.
|
3. The routines in this file.
|
|
|
|
|
Long term we want to only have one body of simplification code; to
|
Long term we want to only have one body of simplification code; to
|
get to that state I recommend the following steps:
|
get to that state I recommend the following steps:
|
|
|
1. Pour over fold_rtx & simplify_rtx and move any simplifications
|
1. Pour over fold_rtx & simplify_rtx and move any simplifications
|
which are not pass dependent state into these routines.
|
which are not pass dependent state into these routines.
|
|
|
2. As code is moved by #1, change fold_rtx & simplify_rtx to
|
2. As code is moved by #1, change fold_rtx & simplify_rtx to
|
use this routine whenever possible.
|
use this routine whenever possible.
|
|
|
3. Allow for pass dependent state to be provided to these
|
3. Allow for pass dependent state to be provided to these
|
routines and add simplifications based on the pass dependent
|
routines and add simplifications based on the pass dependent
|
state. Remove code from cse.c & combine.c that becomes
|
state. Remove code from cse.c & combine.c that becomes
|
redundant/dead.
|
redundant/dead.
|
|
|
It will take time, but ultimately the compiler will be easier to
|
It will take time, but ultimately the compiler will be easier to
|
maintain and improve. It's totally silly that when we add a
|
maintain and improve. It's totally silly that when we add a
|
simplification that it needs to be added to 4 places (3 for RTL
|
simplification that it needs to be added to 4 places (3 for RTL
|
simplification and 1 for tree simplification. */
|
simplification and 1 for tree simplification. */
|
|
|
rtx
|
rtx
|
simplify_rtx (rtx x)
|
simplify_rtx (rtx x)
|
{
|
{
|
enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
|
enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
|
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
|
enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
|
|
|
switch (GET_RTX_CLASS (code))
|
switch (GET_RTX_CLASS (code))
|
{
|
{
|
case RTX_UNARY:
|
case RTX_UNARY:
|
return simplify_unary_operation (code, mode,
|
return simplify_unary_operation (code, mode,
|
XEXP (x, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)));
|
XEXP (x, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)));
|
case RTX_COMM_ARITH:
|
case RTX_COMM_ARITH:
|
if (swap_commutative_operands_p (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1)))
|
if (swap_commutative_operands_p (XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1)))
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, XEXP (x, 1), XEXP (x, 0));
|
return simplify_gen_binary (code, mode, XEXP (x, 1), XEXP (x, 0));
|
|
|
/* Fall through.... */
|
/* Fall through.... */
|
|
|
case RTX_BIN_ARITH:
|
case RTX_BIN_ARITH:
|
return simplify_binary_operation (code, mode, XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1));
|
return simplify_binary_operation (code, mode, XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1));
|
|
|
case RTX_TERNARY:
|
case RTX_TERNARY:
|
case RTX_BITFIELD_OPS:
|
case RTX_BITFIELD_OPS:
|
return simplify_ternary_operation (code, mode, GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)),
|
return simplify_ternary_operation (code, mode, GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)),
|
XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1),
|
XEXP (x, 0), XEXP (x, 1),
|
XEXP (x, 2));
|
XEXP (x, 2));
|
|
|
case RTX_COMPARE:
|
case RTX_COMPARE:
|
case RTX_COMM_COMPARE:
|
case RTX_COMM_COMPARE:
|
return simplify_relational_operation (code, mode,
|
return simplify_relational_operation (code, mode,
|
((GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0))
|
((GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0))
|
!= VOIDmode)
|
!= VOIDmode)
|
? GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0))
|
? GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0))
|
: GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 1))),
|
: GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 1))),
|
XEXP (x, 0),
|
XEXP (x, 0),
|
XEXP (x, 1));
|
XEXP (x, 1));
|
|
|
case RTX_EXTRA:
|
case RTX_EXTRA:
|
if (code == SUBREG)
|
if (code == SUBREG)
|
return simplify_gen_subreg (mode, SUBREG_REG (x),
|
return simplify_gen_subreg (mode, SUBREG_REG (x),
|
GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)),
|
GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)),
|
SUBREG_BYTE (x));
|
SUBREG_BYTE (x));
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
case RTX_OBJ:
|
case RTX_OBJ:
|
if (code == LO_SUM)
|
if (code == LO_SUM)
|
{
|
{
|
/* Convert (lo_sum (high FOO) FOO) to FOO. */
|
/* Convert (lo_sum (high FOO) FOO) to FOO. */
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == HIGH
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == HIGH
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), XEXP (x, 1)))
|
&& rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), XEXP (x, 1)))
|
return XEXP (x, 1);
|
return XEXP (x, 1);
|
}
|
}
|
break;
|
break;
|
|
|
default:
|
default:
|
break;
|
break;
|
}
|
}
|
return NULL;
|
return NULL;
|
}
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
